As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2008
Registration No. [ ]
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM SB-2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
InterMetro Communications, Inc.
(Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
2685 Park Center Drive, Building A
Simi Valley, California 93065
(805) 433-8000
(Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)
Nevada | 4813 | 88-0476779 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) | (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
2685 Park Center Drive, Building A, Simi Valley, California 93065
(Address of Principal Place of Business or Intended Principal Place of Business)
Charles Rice
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
2685 Park Center Drive, Building A
Simi Valley, California 93065
(805) 433-8000
(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Mark J. Richardson, Esq.
Richardson & Associates
233 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 820
Santa Monica, California 90401
Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered | Amount to be Registered | Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Security | Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price | Amount of Registration Fee | |||||||||
Common stock, par $.001 | 6,500,000 | $ | 0.24 | (1) | $ | 1,560,000 | $ | 265.20 | |||||
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants, par value $.001(2) | 4,094,000 | $ | 0.24 | (3) | $ | 982,560 | $ | 167.04 | |||||
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants, par value $.001(2) | 600,000 | $ | 0.24 | (3) | $ | 144,000 | $ | 24.48 | |||||
Total: | 11,194,000 | $ | 2,686,560 | $ | 456.72 |
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Registrant’s Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the average of the high and low prices of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board on November 30, 2007, which was $0.24 per share. |
(2) | The shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. |
(3) | Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the higher of (a) the exercise price of the warrants or (b) the offering price of securities of the same class. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 7, 2008
Preliminary Prospectus
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
11,194,000 Shares
Common Stock
This prospectus relates to the offering from time to time of up to 11,194,000 shares of our common stock, par value $.001 per share, by the selling security holders named in this prospectus or their transferees, pledgees, donees or successors. These shares include 4,694,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of up to 4,694,000 outstanding warrants (the “Warrants”).
The resale of the shares is not being underwritten. The selling security holders may sell or distribute the shares, from time to time, depending on market conditions and other factors, through underwriters, dealers, brokers or other agents, or directly to one or more purchasers. The offering price may be the market price prevailing at the time of sale or a privately negotiated price. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling security holders. Pursuant to the registration rights granted by us to the selling security holders, we are obligated to register the shares held by the selling security holders. We are paying substantially all expenses incidental to registration of the shares.
Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and trades under the ticker symbol “IMTO.” On November 30, 2007, the average of the high and low price of our common stock was $0.24.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5 before making a decision to purchase shares of our common stock.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Summary | 1 | |||
Risk Factors | 5 | |||
Forward Looking Statements | 18 | |||
Use of Proceeds | 19 | |||
Determination of Offering Price | 19 | |||
Market for Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters | 19 | |||
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 20 | |||
Description of Business | 39 | |||
Management | 50 | |||
Executive Compensation | 53 | |||
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions | 58 | |||
Security Ownership of Directors and Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners | 60 | |||
Selling Security Holders | 62 | |||
Description of Securities | 64 | |||
Plan of Distribution | 66 | |||
Legal Matters | 68 | |||
Experts | 68 | |||
Changes in Accountants | 68 | |||
Additional Information | 68 | |||
Financial Statements | F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that which is contained in this prospectus. This prospectus may be used only where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate on the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of securities.
References to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Company,” “InterMetro” and “Lucy’s Cafe” refer to InterMetro Communications, Inc. and its affiliates, including InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware), or InterMetro Delaware, its wholly-owned subsidiary.
i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this, before deciding to invest in our common stock”
Our Business
We have built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other communications companies and end users. Our business plan is to apply our technical and operational expertise with VoIP services to become a significant provider of VoIP infrastructure services to carriers and retail customers. VoIP service is primarily a substitute or an enhancement to traditional voice services offered by existing telecommunications service providers. The overall telecommunications industry represents one of the largest service markets in the U.S. with sales of approximately $297.9 billion in 2005 according to Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, reports.
Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. Based on the ability to compress data transported across VoIP infrastructures and lower capital cost per equivalent equipment capacity, we believe that VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominately used in existing long distance networks. In addition, traditional circuit based switches typically use proprietary embedded call control systems. In contrast, we believe VoIP technology, which uses software specifically developed to facilitate the sharing of data across different systems, makes it easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.
We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, we believe our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment based on the cost per equivalent voice port capacity and is less expensive to operate and maintain based on lower electricity needs, smaller space requirements and fewer engineers to operate. Our proprietary software and hardware configuration enables us to quickly, without modifying the existing network, add equipment that increases our geographic coverage and calling capacity.
During 2006, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows access to customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.
Our VoIP infrastructure delivers significant benefits to our customers, including:
· | increasing the margins earned from existing retail voice services or reducing the costs of using voice services; |
· | improving customer service through access to real-time information about network performance and billing; |
· | reducing the administrative burden of managing end users for our carrier customers; |
· | increasing the investment return on customer owned traditional circuit-based equipment; and |
· | enabling the creation of value-added enhanced voice services. |
Our goal is to displace the incumbent long distance carriers as the presumed choice for voice transport services. We also intend to become a significant provider of VoIP infrastructure services for traditional phone companies and wireless carriers, as well as new high growth entrants in the consumer voice services market such as broadband phone companies and cable operators. We also package our VoIP services into calling cards and prepaid services. We have developed plug-and-play technology designed to enable IP devices, such as broadband phones and videophones, to be plugged directly into end users’ broadband internet routers, allowing for instant use of our services without having to configure the device or install any software to interoperate with our network. We expect to begin selling services based on this technology within the next 12 months. We sell our services through our direct sales force and independent sales agents. Our calling cards and prepaid services are primarily sold by our retail distribution partners. We believe that our proprietary technology and management experience in the communications industry, and in particular with VoIP, will enable us to benefit from the adoption of VoIP technologies by traditional phone companies. The wide-spread adoption of VoIP in the telecommunications industry may not materialize, however, and our business may not benefit from any adoption that does occur.
1
Corporate Information
Our executive offices are located at 2685 Park Center Drive, Building A, Simi Valley, California 93065 and our telephone number is (805) 433-8000. Our Internet address is www.intermetro.net. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information included on or linked from our website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.
Recent Developments
Business Combination
Prior to December 29, 2006, InterMetro Communications, Inc., formerly Lucy’s Cafe, Inc., was an inactive public shell company without material assets or liabilities. On December 29, 2006, we entered into exchange agreements with InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware), or InterMetro Delaware, and all of InterMetro Delaware’s shareholders, note holders and warrant holders to effect a share exchange between InterMetro and InterMetro Delaware (the “Business Combination”), which resulted in InterMetro Delaware becoming our wholly owned subsidiary and the InterMetro Delaware security holders becoming the controlling shareholders of InterMetro. On the closing of the Business Combination, we authorized the issuance of 27,490,614 shares of common stock and 3,652,842 common stock purchase warrants to the InterMetro Delaware security holders. On May 31, 2007, the Company filed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation increasing the Company’s authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, at which time the second phase of 14,049,580 shares of common stock and 2,983,335 common stock purchase warrants were effectively issued in exchange for all of the remaining InterMetro Delaware common stock and warrants held by InterMetro Delaware security holders. All InterMetro Delaware securities were effectively cancelled except 100 shares of InterMetro Delaware common stock which represent 100% of the outstanding stock of the wholly-owned subsidiary.
InterMetro Bridge Financing
On or about December 14, 2006, we entered into a Term Credit Agreement pursuant to which we borrowed $600,000 from The Hunter Fund Limited bearing no interest as long as there is no default, and all principal and accrued interest was to be payable on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Private Placement (described below), or (ii) six months from the date of funding, or (iii) the effective date of the termination of the placement agent. We paid a bridge loan origination fee of $42,000 on the closing and were obligated to pay an additional fee of $75,000 on the maturity date of the loan. The financing was secured by certain of our assets. We were also obligated to pay $10,000 for the lender’s legal fees. Under the Term Credit Agreement, we were also obligated to issue the lender warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.60 per share, an exercise period of three years from the date of issuance and a cashless exercise feature. The bridge loan principal and all related fees and expenses were repaid in January 2007.
Private Placement and Registration Rights
In December 2006, we entered into a placement agent agreement with Hunter World Markets, Inc. as placement agent, pursuant to which Hunter World Markets, Inc. raised $10,235,000 of capital for us through the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of shares of our common stock for $1.00 per share. We agreed to file registration statements to register these shares, certain shares of our common stock which were outstanding prior to the Business Combination (“Existing Shares”), and the shares underlying warrants issued to the placement agent and its affiliates for resale. The registration rights agreements included covenants for us to use our best efforts to have (i) the registration statement for the shares (the “Initial Registration Statement”) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) the registration statement for the Existing Shares and the shares underlying the warrants issued to the placement agent and its affiliates filed within six (6) months after the Initial Registration Statement is filed, and declared effective within 120 days thereafter. If we fail to achieve effectiveness within the prescribed periods, or maintain effectiveness, subject to certain exceptions, we will be liable to the holders for liquidated damages in the amount of 1% of the purchase price per month. On May 10, 2007, the Initial Registration Statement on Form SB-2 was declared effective by the SEC.
Corporate Actions
On May 31, 2007, subsequent to the filing of an Information Statement pursuant to Schedule 14C of the Exchange Act outlining certain corporate actions approved by our shareholders, we authorized the officers and directors of the Company to:
· | amend and restate our Articles of Incorporation; |
2
· | ratify our assumption of all stock options under the 2004 Stock Option Plan of InterMetro Delaware, which were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination; and |
· | ratify our adoption of the 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan. |
Pursuant to the authorization approved by our shareholders, on May 31, 2007 the Company filed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation that, among other things:
· | changed the Company’s name from Lucy’s Cafe, Inc. to InterMetro Communications, Inc.; |
· | divided our Board of Directors into three classes, each with staggered three-year terms; |
· | authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; and |
· | increased the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 50,000,000 to 150,000,000. |
3
The Offering
Common Stock Outstanding (1) | 59,575,194 | |
Securities Offered by Selling Security Holders (2) | Up to 11,194,000 shares of our common stock. | |
Use of Proceeds | We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling security holders in this offering. | |
Risk Factors | An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and could result in a loss of your entire investment. Please carefully consider the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5 of this prospectus. | |
OTC Bulletin Board symbol | IMTO | |
Common Stock Outstanding after Offering, excluding the shares underlying the unexercised warrants. | 66,075,194 |
(1) | The number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007 excludes 11,740,936 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and 5,714,819 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options. |
(2) | The number of shares of common stock offered is comprised of (i) 4,094,000 shares that may be issued upon the exercise of 4,094,000 outstanding Warrants with an exercise price of $1.50 per share, issued by us to our placement agent in connection with our Private Placement financing transaction in December 2006, (ii) 600,000 shares that may be issued upon the exercise of 600,000 outstanding Warrants with an exercise price of $0.60 per share, earned by a lender in November 2006; and (iii) 6,500,000 outstanding shares owned by the selling security holders. |
We are registering the shares being offered under this prospectus pursuant to the Additional Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 29, 2006, between us and the selling security holders. The Additional Registration Rights Agreement was entered into in connection with our Private Placement financing transaction in which 10,235,000 shares of our common stock were purchased from us on December 29, 2006 by institutional accredited investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per share or for total cash consideration of $10,235,000. See “Selling Security Holders” and “Plan of Distribution.”
4
RISK FACTORS
Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock. If any of these actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently do not deem material also may become important factors that may materially and adversely affect our business. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these described or additional risks and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Related To Our Business
We have a limited operating history, which could make it difficult to accurately evaluate our business and prospects.
We began offering VoIP services in March 2004. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history and, as a result, we have limited financial data that you can use to evaluate our business and prospects. In addition, we derive nearly all of our revenue from VoIP services, which utilize a relatively new technology that has undergone rapid changes in its short history. Our business model is also evolving and it may not be successful. As a result of these factors, the future revenue and income potential of our business is uncertain. Although we have experienced significant revenue growth in each year since inception, we may not be able to sustain this growth. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of these factors and the risks and uncertainties often encountered by companies in our stage of development. Some of these risks and uncertainties relate to our ability to do the following:
· | maintain and expand our current relationships, and develop new relationships, with carrier customers, retail distribution partners, network vendors and equipment providers; |
· | continue to grow our revenue and meet anticipated growth targets; |
· | manage our expanding operations and implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls; |
· | adapt to industry consolidation; |
· | continue to grow our sales force and marketing efforts; |
· | successfully introduce new, and upgrade our existing, VoIP technologies and services; |
· | respond to government regulations and legislation relating to VoIP, traditional telecommunications services, the Internet, IP-based services and other aspects of our business; |
· | respond effectively to competition; and |
· | attract and retain qualified management and employees. |
If we are unable to address these risks, our business, results of operations and prospects could suffer.
We have a history of losses and we may not achieve profitability in the future, raising doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we incurred net losses of $1.1 million, $13.9 million and $15.3 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur losses, and we may not become profitable for the foreseeable future. In addition, as a public company, we incur increased legal and accounting costs and other expenses that we did not incur when InterMetro was operated as a private company. We will have to generate and sustain significantly increased revenue to achieve profitability. Our revenue growth trends in prior periods may not be sustainable, and we may not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including those discussed in other risk factors and factors that we cannot foresee. We have past due balances with ccertain vendors that may result in collection actions unless we settle them. We may not obtain sufficient funds to bring these accounts current.
Our ability to continue as a going concern depends upon the success of our financings as well as our ability to increase our revenue base and generate cash from operations. We believe, based upon our projections for increasing revenues and upon prospects for additional financing currently being pursued, that we will have sufficient capital resources to operate our business for a least the next 12 months. In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors for general working capital. The terms of the secured notes are 18 months maturity with an interest rate of 10% per annum due at the maturity date. The secured notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is also required to pay an origination fee of 3.00% and documentation fee of 2.50% of the principal amount of the secured notes at the maturity date. Prepayment of the credit facilities requires payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 20%, in addition to principal, accrued interest and fees. The Company can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. Such additional financing is necessary in order to fund ongoing operations until such time as the Company can achieve positive cash flow from operations. The Company is in the process of securing this required additional financing, however there can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing the required financing or that we will continue to expand our revenue base to the extent required for profitability.
5
Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could make our results of operations difficult to predict or cause them to fall short of expectations.
Our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control and could cause our results to be below investors’ expectations, causing the value of our securities to fall. Because our business is evolving, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results. Factors that may increase the volatility of our operating results include the following:
· | the addition of new carrier customers and retail distribution partners or the loss of existing customers and retail distribution partners; |
· | changes in demand and pricing for our VoIP services; |
· | the timing of our introduction of new VoIP products and services and the costs we incur to develop these technologies; |
· | the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses incurred to attract new carrier customers and retail distribution partners; |
· | changes in the economic prospects of carrier customers or the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective need for voice services, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales with customers; |
· | changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors or the pricing of VoIP services or traditional voice services generally; |
· | costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies; and |
· | the use of VoIP as a replacement for traditional voice services is a relatively new occurrence and carrier customers have not settled into consistent spending patterns. |
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be adversely affected.
We have experienced rapid growth in our operations and to a lesser extent, our headcount, and we may experience continued growth in our business, both through acquisitions and internal growth. This growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. In particular, continued growth will make it more difficult for us to accomplish the following:
· | recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of highly skilled personnel; |
· | maintain our customer service standards; |
· | maintain the quality of our VoIP platform; |
· | develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls and maintain adequate reporting systems and procedures; |
· | successfully scale our VoIP platform, including network, software and other technology, to accommodate a larger business; and |
· | maintain carrier and end user satisfaction. |
The improvements required to manage our growth will require us to make significant expenditures and allocate valuable management resources.
Our industry is highly competitive and competitive pressures could prevent us from competing successfully in the voice transport services industry.
The carrier and retail markets for voice transport services are intensely competitive. We expect this competition to continue to increase because there are currently no significant barriers to entry into our market. We compete both for wholesale carrier business and for retail consumption of voice transport services. We compete for wholesale carrier business on the basis of a number of factors, including price, quality, geographic reach and customer service. Our competitors often are large, well-established in the communications industry and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:
· | greater financial and personnel resources; |
· | greater name recognition; |
· | established relationships with greater numbers of wholesale carriers; |
6
· | established distribution networks; |
· | greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FCC and other regulatory approvals for products and product enhancements and greater experience in developing compliance programs under U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations; |
· | greater experience in lobbying the U.S. Congress and state legislatures for the enactment of legislation favorable to their interests; |
· | greater experience in product research and development; |
· | greater experience in launching, marketing, distributing and selling products; and |
· | broader-based and deeper product lines. |
Our primary current and potential competitors consist of carriers including AT&T, Sprint, Verizon, Qwest, Level (3) and Global Crossing, other start-up VoIP providers that have been formed in the recent past and IP networking companies that are attempting to add voice as a supplement to their current data services offerings.
We also compete with companies focused on the distribution of retail voice services and expect to compete with companies providing VoIP services and broadband IP phones and videophones.
If we lose any member of our senior management team and are unable to find a suitable replacement, we may not have the depth of senior management resources required to efficiently manage our business and execute our growth strategy.
We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and skilled employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our officers. There is a risk that the loss of a significant number of key personnel could have negative effects on our results of operations. We may not be able to attract and hire highly skilled personnel to replace lost employees necessary to carry out our business plan. There is also a risk that management may not be able to adopt an organizational structure that meets its objectives, including managing costs and attracting and retaining key employees.
We also need to hire additional members of senior management to adequately manage our growing business. We may not be able to identify and attract additional qualified senior management. Competition for senior management in our industry is intense. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified senior management we may not be able to implement our business strategy effectively and our revenue may decline. Our success is substantially dependent on the performance of our executive officers and key employees. Given our early stage of development, we are dependent on our ability to retain and motivate high quality personnel. An inability to engage qualified personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to market our VoIP services. The loss of one or more of our key employees or our inability to hire and retain other qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. See “Management”.
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of carrier customers, and if we lose a major customer our revenue could decrease.
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of our carrier customers. Our top 10 customers have accounted for approximately 60.1% and 55.4% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended Septmeber 30, 2007, respectively. We expect that a limited number of carrier customers may continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenue and the loss of, or material reduction of their purchases could decrease our revenue and harm our business.
We are dependent on a limited number of suppliers and on other capacity providers.
We currently depend on critical services and equipment from a small number of suppliers. There is no guarantee that these suppliers will continue to offer us the services and equipment we require. If we cannot obtain adequate replacement equipment or services from our suppliers or acceptable alternate vendors, we could experience a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. In addition, we rely on other providers for network capacity beyond what we provide over our own network and there is a risk that current capacity providers may cease to provide capacity at economically justifiable rates.
We are dependent on providers of local telecommunications services to reach the end users for our services.
We currently depend on providers of local telecommunications services to provide end users with access to substantially all of our VoIP services. In the future, we may utilize other local telecommunications services suppliers to reach end users such as wireless carriers, cable companies, power companies and other providers of local broadband services. There is no guarantee that these suppliers will continue to offer the services we require, that these services will be available on economic terms sufficient to execute on our business model or that these suppliers will continue to do business with us. If we cannot obtain adequate replacement services from our suppliers or acceptable alternate vendors, we could experience a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. AT&T, one of our local service capacity providers, asserts that we owe it approximately $1.5 million for charges that are more than 60 days past due, a portion of which we dispute. We are also disputing AT&T’s installation charges in excess of those we have already paid. We believe we paid the installation charges in accordance with AT&T’s tariffs at the time of installation. AT&T billed us approximately $1.2 million more for installation related charges, which we dispute in their entirety. If we fail to resolve the dispute with AT&T, the termination of AT&T’s services and collection proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition and business performance.
7
We may pursue the acquisition of other businesses in order to grow our customer base and access technology and talent, and any such acquisition may not achieve the desired results or could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.
We completed the acquisition of ATI in March 2006. We expect to pursue additional acquisitions in the future as a key component of our business strategy. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any future acquisitions. Furthermore, we do not know that we will be able to successfully integrate the ATI business, or any other acquired business, product or technology or retain any key employees of any acquired business. Integrating any business, product or technology we acquire could be expensive and time-consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our results of operations and financial condition will suffer. There may not be attractive acquisition opportunities available to us in the future. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:
· | diversion of management’s attention and resources from other business concerns; |
· | difficulties and expenditures associated with integrating the operations and employees from the acquired company into our organization, and integrating each company’s accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management; |
· | inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of the acquired businesses; |
· | ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or services with our existing technologies and systems; |
· | potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; |
· | responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses; |
· | unavailability of favorable financing for future acquisitions; |
· | inability to maintain our standards, controls, procedures and policies, which could affect our ability to receive an unqualified attestation from our independent accountants regarding management’s required assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting; and |
· | increased fixed costs. |
The acquisition of another business, particularly in another country, can subject us to liabilities and claims arising out of such business, including tax liabilities and liabilities arising under foreign regulations. Future acquisitions would also likely require additional financing, resulting in an increase in our indebtedness or the issuance of additional capital stock which could be dilutive to holders of shares issued in this offering. Finally, any amortization or charges resulting from the costs of acquisitions could harm our operating results.
Sales of our IP devices may be severely limited due to their failure to gain broad market acceptance.
In the future, we intend to sell IP devices and related services. Market acceptance requires, among other things, that we
· | educate consumers on the benefits of our products; |
· | commit a substantial amount of human and financial resources to secure strategic partnerships and otherwise support the retail and/or carrier distribution of our products; |
· | develop our own sales, marketing and support activities to consumers, broadband providers and retailers; and |
· | establish a sufficient number of retail locations carrying our products. |
In the event we are unable to achieve any or all of these objectives, consumers may perceive little or no benefit from our products and may be unwilling to pay for them.
Rapid technological changes in the industry in which we operate our business or the market in which we intend to sell our IP devices may render such devices obsolete or otherwise harm us competitively.
We operate in a highly technological industry segment that is subject to rapid and frequent changes in technology and market demand. Frequently such changes can immediately and unexpectedly render existing technologies obsolete. Management expects that technology developed in the future will be superior to the technology that we (and others) now have. Our success depends on our ability to assimilate new technologies into our VoIP infrastructure and our IP devices and to properly train engineers, sales staff, distributors and resellers in the use of our technology. The success of our future service offerings or devices depends on several factors, including but not limited to proper new product definition, product cost, timely completion and market introduction of such services, differentiation of our future products from those of our competitors and market acceptance of these products. Competing technologies developed by others may render our current or future developed products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. The failure of our new product development efforts could have a detrimental effect on our business and results of operations.
8
If we discover IP device defects, we may have product-related liabilities that may cause us to lose revenues or delay market acceptance of our IP devices.
Devices as complex as those we intend to offer frequently contain errors, defects, and functional limitations when first introduced or as new versions are released. We have in the past experienced such errors, defects or functional limitations.
We intend to sell devices into markets that are demanding of robust, reliable and fully functional products. Therefore, delivery of devices with production defects or reliability, quality, or compatibility problems could significantly delay or hinder market acceptance, which could damage our credibility with our customers and adversely affect our ability to attract new customers. Moreover, such errors, defects, or functional limitations could cause problems, interruptions, delays, or a cessation of sales to our customers. Alleviating such problems may require significant expenditures of capital and resources by us. Despite our testing, our suppliers or our customers may find errors, defects or functional limitations in new products after commencement of commercial production, which could result in additional development costs, loss of, or delays in, market acceptance, diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts, product repair or replacement costs, claims by our customers or others against us, or the loss of credibility with prospective customers.
Uncertainty or negative publicity may negatively affect the VoIP industry generally and our business.
There is a possibility that uncertainty regarding broad market acceptance of VoIP technology or adverse publicity or negative perceptions about the VoIP industry as a whole could hinder our ability to obtain new customers or undermine our commercial relationship with existing customers. Further, the adoption of VoIP in the telecommunications industry may not materialize and, even if there is such adoption, our business may not benefit from it.
Our ability to protect our intellectual property is uncertain.
We rely on patent protection, trade secrets, know-how and contractual means to protect our proprietary technology. Patents may afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, our pending U.S. patent applications may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us, or may issue and be subsequently successfully challenged by others and invalidated. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and methods that are not currently protected by issued patents. Furthermore, competitors may be able to design around the claims of our patents, or develop products or methods outside the scope of our issued claims which provide outcomes which are comparable to ours. We also rely on know-how and trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. Confidentiality agreements or other agreements with our employees, consultants and advisors may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary technology, know-how, trade secrets, or other proprietary information in the event of misappropriation, unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, or, even if such agreements are legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or agreements to protect our proprietary technology could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.
The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our trademarks and service marks. We own, or have licenses to use, the material trademarks, service marks and trade names used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where those products are sold. Therefore, trademark protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks and service marks are registered in the U.S., we may not be successful in asserting trademark protection. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our trademarks or service marks to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or service marks could impair the goodwill associated with our brands, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
Network failures or delays may result in the loss of our customers or expose us to potential liability.
Our VoIP network infrastructure uses a collection of communications equipment, software, operating protocols and applications for the transport of voice among multiple locations. Given the complexity of the network, it is possible that there could be severe disruptions in our ability to timely turn up service requests, minimize service interruptions and meet requirements of customer service level agreements. We have critical systems in our Los Angeles, California and New York, New York collocation facilities. Our California facilities are located in areas with a high risk of major earthquakes. Our facilities and network are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and terrorism and to potential disruptions if the operators of these facilities encounter financial difficulties. Some of our systems may not be fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, an operator’s decision to close a facility we are using without adequate notice for financial reasons or other unanticipated problems at our facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Network failures or delays in the turn up of services could cause business interruptions resulting in possible losses to our customers. Such failures or delays may expose us to claims by our customers and may result in the loss of customers.
9
VoIP networks are vulnerable to unauthorized access or use by outside parties.
While we built a private secure fiber optic infrastructure to minimize security risks from third party unauthorized sources, no network is invulnerable to hackers. A small percentage of voice traffic transported across our network may at times utilize the public internet. However, providing entry or exit points to our customers via the internet could enable computer hackers to access our network, and could lead to the impairment, failure or theft of our services. Further, it could also lead to the unauthorized interception and monitoring of end user voice calls. Unauthorized access or use may have an adverse impact on our services and reputation.
Our products or activities may infringe, or may be alleged to infringe, upon intellectual property rights of others.
We may encounter future litigation by third parties based on claims that our products or activities infringe the intellectual property rights of others, or that we have misappropriated the trade secrets of others. If any litigation or claims are resolved against us, we may be required to do one or more of the following:
· | cease selling, incorporating or using any of our products that incorporates the infringed intellectual property, which would adversely affect our revenue or costs or both; |
· | obtain a license from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right, which might be costly or might not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; or |
· | redesign our products to make them non-infringing, which could be costly and time-consuming and may not be possible at all. |
Because patent applications can take many months to be published, there may be pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that our products or product candidates or processes may infringe. These patent applications may have priority over patent applications filed by us. Disputes may arise regarding the ownership or inventorship of our intellectual property. There also could be existing patents of which we are unaware that our products may be infringing. As the number of participants in the market grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. It is difficult, if not impossible, to determine how such disputes would be resolved.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with patent litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be required to be publicly disclosed. In addition, during the course of patent litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. Any litigation claims against us may cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management or restrict our core business.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.
Some of our employees were previously employed at other communications companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no such claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could severely harm our business.
We are exposed to various possible claims relating to our business and our insurance may not fully protect us.
We may incur uninsured liabilities and losses as a result of the conduct of our business. For example, network failures or security breaches could subject us to claims by our customers, and physical damage to the leased facilities in which we maintain our equipment could result in damage or loss to our equipment. We plan to maintain comprehensive liability and property insurance which may not replace the full value of our potential liabilities or losses or cover such claims. We will also evaluate the availability and cost of business interruption insurance. However, should uninsured losses occur, shareholders could lose their invested capital.
10
The costs incurred by us to develop, implement, and enhance our VoIP services may be higher than anticipated, which could hurt our ability to earn a profit.
We may incur substantial cost overruns in the development and establishment of our VoIP services. For example, delays in the SS-7 enhancement to our VoIP infrastructure will cause us to incur monthly costs related to equipment and network components we are not able to fully utilize. Unanticipated costs may force us to obtain additional capital or financing from other sources, or may cause the loss of your entire investment in our common stock if we are unable to obtain the additional funds necessary to implement our business plan.
We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
We may need to raise additional funds in the future for any number of reasons, including:
· | the loss of revenues generated by sales of our services and products; |
· | the upfront and ongoing costs associated with expanding and enhancing our VoIP infrastructure; |
· | the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts; |
· | the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our services and products; |
· | the costs of developing new products or technologies; |
· | the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products in development; and |
· | the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions. |
If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing shareholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing shareholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. In these events, our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals would be adversely affected.
Additional Risks Related to Regulation
Our industry is subject to regulation that could adversely impact our business.
Traditional telephone service has been subject to significant federal and state regulation. Internet services generally have been subject to far less regulation. Because aspects of VoIP are similar to the traditional telephone services provided by incumbent local exchange carriers and other aspects are similar to the services provided by Internet service providers, the VoIP industry has not fit easily within the existing regulatory framework of communications law, and until recently has developed in an environment largely free from regulation.
The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, the U.S. Congress and various regulatory bodies in the states and in foreign countries have begun to assert regulatory authority over VoIP providers, and are evaluating how VoIP may be regulated in the future. In addition, while some of the existing regulation concerning VoIP is applicable to the entire industry, many regulatory proceedings are focused on specific companies or categories of VoIP services. As a result, both the application of existing rules to us and our competitors and the effects of future regulatory developments are uncertain.
Communications services are generally subject to regulation at the federal, state, local and international levels. These regulations affect us, our customers, and our existing and potential competitors. Delays in receiving required regulatory approvals, completing interconnection agreements or other agreements with local exchange carriers or the adoption of new and adverse regulations may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, future legislative and judicial actions could have a material adverse effect on us.
Federal legislation generally provides for significant deregulation of the U.S. communications industry, including the information service, local exchange, long distance and cable television industries. This legislation remains subject to judicial review and additional FCC rulemaking. As a result, we cannot predict the legislation’s effect on our future operations. Regulatory proceedings are under way or are being contemplated by federal and state authorities regarding items relevant to our business. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our business.
11
Future legislation or regulation of the Internet and/or voice and video over IP services could restrict our business, prevent us from offering service or increase our cost of doing business.
At present there are few laws, regulations or rulings that specifically address access to commerce and communications services that utilize internet protocol, including VoIP. We are unable to predict the impact, if any, that future legislation, judicial decisions or regulations concerning internet protocol products and services may have on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Regulation may be targeted towards, among other things, fees, charges, surcharges, and taxation of VoIP services, liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet, online content regulation, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, filing requirements, consumer protection, public safety issues like enhanced 911 emergency service, or E911, the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access, and the characteristics and quality of products and services, any of which could restrict our business or increase our cost of doing business. The increasing growth of the VoIP market and popularity of VoIP products and services heighten the risk that governmental agencies will seek to regulate VoIP and the Internet.
Many regulatory actions are underway or are being contemplated by governmental agencies. Several states of the U.S. and municipalities have recently shown an interest in regulating VoIP services, as they do for providers of traditional telephone service. If this trend continues, and if such regulation is not preempted by action of the U.S. federal government, we may become subject to a variety of inconsistent state and local regulations and taxes, which would increase our costs of doing business, and adversely affect our operating results and future prospects.
On February 12, 2004, the FCC initiated a notice of proposed rulemaking to update FCC policy and consider the appropriate regulatory classification for VoIP and other IP enabled services. On November 9, 2004, the FCC ruled that Vonage’s VoIP service and similar services are jurisdictionally interstate and not subject to state certification, tariffing and other common carrier regulations, including 911. This ruling was subsequently appealed by several states, but was affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit on March 21, 2007. There is risk that a regulatory agency could require us to conform to rules that are unsuitable for IP communications technologies or rules that cannot be complied with due to the nature and efficiencies of IP routing, or are unnecessary or unreasonable in light of the manner in which we offer service to our customers. It is not possible to separate the Internet, or any service offered over it, into intrastate and interstate transmission components. While suitable alternatives may be developed in the future, the current IP network does not enable us to identify the geographic path of the traffic.
On June 27, 2006, the FCC released an order adopting interim modifications to its universal service rules to require providers of interconnected VoIP services to contribute to the Universal Service Fund. This order was subsequently appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, which appeal remains pending. If the FCC’s interim rules are upheld on appeal or are made permanent, the cumulative effect of these rule changes could increase our cost of doing business.
Our products must comply with industry standards, FCC regulations, state, local, country-specific and international regulations, and changes may require us to modify existing products and/or services.
In addition to reliability and quality standards, the market acceptance of VoIP is dependent upon the adoption of industry standards so that products from multiple manufacturers are able to communicate with each other. Our VoIP products and services rely heavily on communication standards such as SIP, H.323 and SS-7 and network standards such as TCP/IP to interoperate with other vendors’ equipment. There is currently a lack of agreement among industry leaders about which standard should be used for a particular application, and about the definition of the standards themselves. These standards, as well as audio and video compression standards, continue to evolve. We also must comply with certain rules and regulations of the FCC regarding electromagnetic radiation and safety standards established by Underwriters Laboratories, as well as similar regulations and standards applicable in other countries. Standards are continuously being modified and replaced. As standards evolve, we may be required to modify our existing products or develop and support new versions of our products. We must comply with certain federal, state and local requirements regarding how we interact with our customers, including consumer protection, privacy and billing issues, the provision of 911 emergency service and the quality of service we provide to our customers. The failure of our products and services to comply, or delays in compliance, with various existing and evolving standards could delay or interrupt volume production of our VoIP telephony products, subject us to fines or other imposed penalties, or harm the perception and adoption rates of our service, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
12
There may be risks associated with the lack of 911 emergency dialing or the limitations associated with E911 emergency dialing with our VoIP services.
In the future, we intend to sell and support IP devices. In May 2005, the FCC unanimously adopted an Order and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or NPRM, that requires some VoIP providers to provide emergency 911, or E911, service. On June 3, 2005, the FCC released the text of the First Report and Order and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in the VoIP E911 proceeding, or the VoIP E911 Order. As a result of the VoIP E911 Order, VoIP service providers that interconnect to the public switched telephone network, or PSTN, or interconnected VoIP providers, will be required to offer the same 911 emergency calling capabilities offered by traditional landline phone companies. All interconnected VoIP providers must deliver 911 calls to the appropriate local public safety answering point, or PSAP, along with call back number and location, where the PSAP is able to receive that information. E911 must be included in the basic service offering; it cannot be an optional or extra feature. The PSAP delivery obligation, along with call back number and location information must be provided regardless of whether the service is “fixed” or “nomadic.” User registration of location is permissible initially, although the FCC is committed to an advanced form of E911 that will determine user location without user intervention, one of the topics of the further NPRM to be released eventually. The VoIP E911 Order mandates that existing and prospective customers must be notified of the capabilities and limitations of VoIP service with respect to emergency calling, and interconnected VoIP providers must obtain and maintain affirmative acknowledgement from each customer that the customer has read and understood the notice of limitations and distribute warning labels or stickers alerting consumers and other potential users of the limitations of VoIP 911 service to each new subscriber prior to the initiation of service. In addition, an interconnected VoIP provider must make it possible for customers to update their address (i.e., change their registered location) via at least one option that requires no equipment other than that needed to access the VoIP service. All interconnected VoIP providers were required to comply with the requirements of the VoIP E911 Order by November 28, 2005. On November 7, 2005, the FCC’s Enforcement Bureau issued a Public Notice with respect to that requirement. The notice stated that providers that had not fully complied with E911 requirements were not required to discontinue services to existing customers, but that the FCC expected such providers to discontinue marketing their services and accepting new customers in areas where the providers could not offer E911 capabilities. However, in order to comply, interconnected VoIP providers must obtain access to incumbent local exchange carrier, or ILEC, facilities. In some cases, ILECs have denied VoIP providers access to these necessary facilities. Pending legislation may address whether ILECs have legal obligations to provide access to these necessary facilities.
The VoIP E911 Order will increase our cost of doing business and may adversely affect our ability to deliver service to new and existing end users in all geographic regions. We cannot guarantee that E911 service will be available to all of our subscribers. The VoIP E911 Order or follow-on orders or clarifications and potential legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
The IP devices we intend to offer could be adversely impacted if network operators are permitted to restrict or degrade access to their broadband networks.
The concept of net neutrality asserts that network operators should not be allowed to charge content or application providers fees for faster delivery or other preferential treatment. On August 5, 2005, the FCC adopted a policy statement setting forth the following net neutrality guidelines: (1) consumers are entitled to access the lawful Internet content of their choice; (2) consumers are entitled to run applications and use services of their choice, subject to the needs of law enforcement; (3) consumers are entitled to connect their choice of legal devices that do not harm the network; and (4) consumers are entitled to competition among network providers, application and service providers, and content providers. The policy statement is not legally binding, though it does set forth the FCC’s current view on net neutrality. On March 22, 2007, the FCC announced that it will issue a Notice of Inquiry to examine further the practices of broadband network providers and whether the policy statement should incorporate a new principle of nondiscrimination. Notwithstanding its earlier policy statement, the FCC could reverse its position or decide not to implement the policy in its ongoing regulatory proceedings. Further, federal legislation may also address net neutrality in a manner that requires, permits or disallows the FCC to implement its stated net neutrality policy. Such legislation could also require the FCC to modify its policy in whole or in part. Because some of our IP devices and services may utilize the networks of third parties, regulation and potential legislation concerning net neutrality could impact our business. Further, some of our carrier customers rely, in part, on the implementation of net neutrality principles in order to offer their VoIP services. If our carrier customers are adversely impacted by legislative or regulatory action concerning net neutrality, it could also adversely impact us.
Uncertainty regarding whether certain of our services are classified as “telecommunications” or “information” services makes it difficult to predict whether we will need to pay additional charges, surcharges, fees and/or taxes to provide our services and whether we are subject to state and local regulation.
There are many unresolved proceedings at the FCC intended to address whether various types of VoIP services are properly classified as telecommunications services and/or information services. Federal legislation may also impact this determination. If our services are determined to be telecommunications services, we may be subject to additional regulation, including but not limited to the application of additional charges, surcharges, taxes and fees that would adversely impact our business. If it is determined that we provide telecommunications services, we could also be required to comply with state regulation and the related filing requirements that could adversely impact our business.
13
We may from time to time be subject to disputes with customers and vendors relating to amounts invoiced for services provided which we may not be able to resolve in our favor.
It is not unusual in our industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of the services and the vendor. To the extent we are unable to favorably resolve these disputes, our revenues, profitability or cash may be adversely affected.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
Until December 2006, we were a public shell company. There are certain risks associated with transactions with public shell companies generally, including increased Securities and Exchange Commission scrutiny and regulation and lack of analyst coverage.
Prior to December 2006, we were effectively a public shell company with no material assets or operations and our only value was that we maintained current filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a class of securities that was offered for sale pursuant to the OTC Bulletin Board. On December 29, 2006, we entered into exchange agreements with all of InterMetro Delaware’s shareholders, note holders and warrant holders to effect a share exchange between the Company and InterMetro Delaware which resulted in InterMetro Delaware becoming our wholly owned subsidiary and the InterMetro Delaware security holders becoming our controlling shareholders. The Business Combination provided an immediate benefit for the then existing shareholders of the Company that might not have been readily available, or available at all, to other shareholders who either acquired their shares of common stock in connection with this offering or otherwise.
Substantial additional risks are associated with a public shell merger transaction such as the absence of accurate or adequate public information concerning the public shell; undisclosed liabilities; improper accounting; claims or litigation from former officers, directors, employees or stockholders; contractual obligations; regulatory requirements and others. Although management performed due diligence on the public shell company, there can be no assurance that such risks do not occur. The occurrence of any such risk could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and stock price.
Security analysts of major brokerage firms may not provide coverage of us since there is no incentive for brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will want to conduct any secondary public offerings on our behalf in the future.
Our common stock may be considered a “penny stock” and may be difficult to sell.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share and therefore may be designated as a “penny stock” according to Securities and Exchange Commission rules. This designation requires any broker or dealer selling these securities to disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules may restrict the ability of brokers or dealers to sell our common stock and may affect the ability of investors to sell their shares. In addition, since our common stock is currently traded on the NASD’s OTC Bulletin Board, investors may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations of our common stock and may experience a lack of buyers to purchase such stock or a lack of market makers to support the stock price.
Our principal shareholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interest of other shareholders.
As of September 30, 2007, our executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders who hold 5% or more of our outstanding common stock beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of our outstanding common stock. These shareholders are able to exercise significant control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of all our shareholders.
14
We will incur increased costs and risks as a result of being a public company, particularly in the context of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company and having to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the American Stock Exchange. These new rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events also could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new rules and regulations and cannot predict the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
Section 404 of SOX requires us to include an internal controls report from management in our Annual Reports on Form 10-KSB, and we are required to expend significant resources in developing the necessary documentation and testing procedures. Given the risks inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting is uncertain. If our internal controls are not designed or operating effectively, we would be required to disclose that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective. In addition, our registered public accounting firm may either disclaim an opinion as it relates to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls or may issue an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and which could affect our ability to run our business as we otherwise would like to.
If we fail to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in a timely manner, our business could be harmed and our stock price could decline.
Rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require annual assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting, and attestation of our assessment by our independent registered public accountants. The standards that must be met for management to assess the internal controls over financial reporting as effective are new and complex, and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards. We may encounter problems or delays in completing activities necessary to make an assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the attestation process by our independent registered public accountants is new and we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements is new and we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving an attestation of our assessment by our independent registered public accountants. If we cannot assess our internal controls over financial reporting as effective, or our independent registered public accountants are unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on such assessment, investor confidence and share value may be negatively impacted.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile.
The market price of our common stock has been and will likely continue to be highly volatile, as is the stock market in general. Some of the factors that may materially affect the market price of our common stock are beyond our control, such as changes in financial estimates by industry and securities analysts, conditions or trends in the communications industry, announcements made by our competitors or sales of our common stock. These factors may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our performance.
In addition, the public stock markets have experienced extreme price and trading volume volatility. This volatility has significantly affected the market prices of securities of many companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Factors which may adversely affect market prices of our common stock.
Market prices for our common stock will be influenced by a number of factors, including:
· | the issuance of new equity securities pursuant to a future offering or acquisition; |
· | changes in interest rates; |
· | competitive developments, including announcements by competitors of new products or services or significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; |
15
· | variations in quarterly operating results; |
· | changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; |
· | the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock; |
· | investor perceptions of us and the communications industry generally; and |
· | general economic and other national conditions. |
There is no assurance of an established public trading market, and the failure to establish one would adversely affect the ability of our investors to sell their securities in the public market.
At present, there is minimal trading of our securities, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop. Our common stock, however, is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. The OTC Bulletin Board is an inter-dealer, over-the-counter market that provides significantly less liquidity than the NASD’s automated quotation system, or NASDAQ Stock Market. Quotes for stocks included on the OTC Bulletin Board are not listed in the financial sections of newspapers as are those for the NASDAQ Stock Market. Therefore, prices for securities traded solely on the OTC Bulletin Board may be difficult to obtain and holders of common stock may be unable to resell their securities at or near their original price or at any price.
A significant number of our shares will be eligible for sale, and their sale could depress the market price of our common stock.
Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market could harm the market price of our common stock. We are registering an aggregate of 11,194,000 shares, or 18.8%, of our common stock currently outstanding, for resale in the public market pursuant to this registration statement. As such shares of our common stock are resold in the public market, the supply of our common stock will increase, which could decrease its price. Some or all of our shares of common stock as well as shares of common stock underlying warrants and options may also be offered from time to time in the open market pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144, and these sales may have a depressive effect on the market for our shares of common stock. In general, a person who has held restricted shares for a period of one year may, upon filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission a notification on Form 144, sell into the market shares of our common stock in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares or the average weekly number of shares sold in the last four weeks prior to such sale. Such sales may be repeated once each three months, and any of the restricted shares may be sold by a non-affiliate after they have been held for two years.
Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
The former securities holders of InterMetro who received shares of our common stock in the Business Combination will be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Rule 144, commencing one year after the Business Combination, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to Rule 144, a shareholder (or shareholders whose shares are aggregated) who has satisfied a one-year holding period may, under certain circumstances, sell within any three-month period a number of securities which does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock or the average weekly trading volume of the class during the four calendar weeks prior to such sale if the shares are listed on a national exchange or on NASDAQ. Rule 144 also permits, under certain circumstances, the sale of securities, without any limitations, by a non-affiliate that has satisfied a two-year holding period. Additionally, the Registration Statement will cover the resale of shares issued in the Private Placement. Any substantial resale, and the possibility of substantial resales, of the common stock issued in this Offering or under Rule 144 may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock by creating an excessive supply.
We may face liability in connection with the registration rights agreements to which we are a party.
In connection with our Business Combination and private placement on December 29, 2006, we entered into two registration rights agreements. Pursuant to the Initial Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to file a registration statement on Form SB-2, within thirty (30) days after the date of the closing of the Private Placement, covering the resale of the 10,235,000 shares of our common stock issued under the securities purchase agreement. The Initial Registration Rights Agreement was declared effective by the SEC on May 10, 2007. Pursuant to the Additional Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to file a second registration statement on Form SB-2 within 10 business days of the date six months after initial filing date of the first registration statement to register certain shares of our common stock that were outstanding prior to the business combination, the shares underlying our warrants that were exchanged for InterMetro Delaware warrants originally issued in connection with a bridge loan made to InterMetro Delaware prior to the Business Combination, and the shares underlying warrants issued to the placement agent in connection with the Private Placement. Pursuant to the terms of each of the Initial Registration Rights Agreement and Additional Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to use our best efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective within 120 days and, subject to certain exceptions, to keep each shelf registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act for a period of time.
16
If we fail to have the registration statements declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission by the dates required under the registration rights agreements or a registration statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective as to all securities for which it is required to be effective for a certain period of time, the registration rights agreement provides that we must pay liquidated damages in an amount in cash equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price paid by the holder for any registrable securities, and on each monthly anniversary of such date, we must pay to each holder liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price. The liquidated damages apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of a default.
If we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.
We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and under Nevada law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the shareholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:
· | authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt; |
· | allow shareholders to request that we call a special meeting of our shareholders only if the requesting shareholders hold of record at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock; |
· | provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal our bylaws; and |
· | provide that business to be conducted at any special meeting of shareholders be limited to matters relating to the purposes stated in the applicable notice of meeting. |
We do not foresee paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We have not paid cash dividends on our stock and do not plan to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
17
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Business,” contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond our ability to control or predict and that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should understand that various factors, in addition to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document, could affect our future results and could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements, including the following:
· | our limited operating history and fluctuating operating results; |
· | the possibility we may be unable to manage our growth; |
· | extensive competition; |
· | loss of members of our senior management; |
· | our limited number of customers and suppliers; |
· | our dependence on local exchange carriers; |
· | the possibility of network failures; |
· | our need to effectively integrate businesses we acquire; |
· | risks related to acceptance, changes in, and failure and security of, technology |
· | regulatory interpretations and changes; |
· | volatility or decline of our stock price; |
· | our failure to earn revenues or profits; |
· | inadequate capital and barriers to raising capital or to obtaining the financing needed to implement our business plans; |
· | changes in demand for our products and services; |
· | rapid and significant changes in markets; |
· | litigation with our legal claims and allegations by outside parties; and |
· | insufficient revenues to cover operating costs. |
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking statements.
You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
18
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds upon the sale of shares of common stock by the selling security holders.
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
The shares of common stock are being offered for sale by the selling security holders at prices established on the OTC Bulletin Board or in negotiated transactions during the term of this offering. These prices will fluctuate based on the demand for the shares.
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Common Stock
Our common stock is listed on the OTC Bulletin Board and trades under the symbol “IMTO.” At the close of business on December 17, 2007 there were 59,575,194 issued and outstanding common shares which were held by approximately 84 shareholders of record, of which 11,535,000 shares were free trading. The balance is restricted stock as that term is used in Rule 144 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
There is currently minimal trading volume for our securities. During the period from January 1, 2007 through November 2007, our common stock traded at a high of $2.60 and a low of $0.24. These quotations, as provided by the OTC Bulletin Board, reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transaction prices between dealers.
Dividends
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The decision whether to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be made by our Board of Directors, in their discretion, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors considers significant. We currently intend to retain our earnings for funding growth and, therefore, do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
2004 Stock Option Plan
See “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans - 2004 Stock Option Plan.”
Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan
See “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans - 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan.”
19
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5 and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Background
InterMetro Communications, Inc., formerly Lucy’s Cafe, Inc., (hereinafter, “we,” “us,” “InterMetro” or the “Company”) is a Nevada corporation which, through its wholly owned subsidiary, InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware) (hereinafter, “InterMetro Delaware”), is engaged in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. On December 29, 2006, InterMetro, a public “shell” company, completed a Business Combination with InterMetro Delaware whereby InterMetro Delaware became our wholly-owned subsidiary. For financial reporting purposes, InterMetro Delaware was considered the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination. Accordingly, the historical financial statements presented and the discussion of financial condition and results of operations prior to December 29, 2006 below are those of InterMetro Delaware and do not include the Company’s historical financial results. All costs associated with the Business Combination were expensed as incurred.
General
We have built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other communications companies and end users. Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. We believe VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominantly used in existing long distance networks and is easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.
We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress and dynamically route the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, we believe our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain. Our proprietary network configuration enables us to quickly, without modifying the existing network, add equipment that increases our geographic coverage and calling capacity.
During 2006, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows access to customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.
For the quarter ended September 30, 2005, which was the last quarter prior to the initiation of our SS-7 network expansion, we had gross margin of approximately 30.0%. As part of the network expansion which began in December 2005, we began purchasing additional network capacity on a fixed-cost and monthly recurring basis. These costs, along with other expenses related to the expansion, such as certain nonrecurring costs for installing these services, are included in our total network expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006. However, we did not begin selling services utilizing the network expansion until the quarter ended June 30, 2006. The increase in network costs without a corresponding increase in revenues was a significant factor in reducing our gross margin to (8.9)% for the year ended December 31, 2006. While we expect to continue to add to capacity, as of September 30, 2006, the SS-7 network expansion was a fully operating and revenue generating component of our VoIP infrastructure. We believe that increasing voice minutes utilizing our network expansion will ultimately generate gross margins approximating those generated prior to the network expansion. A key aspect of our current business strategy is to focus on sales to increase these voice minutes.
20
We currently estimate that this expansion will allow us to provide approximately 10.2 billion minutes of additional voice services per year on our VoIP infrastructure, based on 60% utilization of the equipment we have connected via dedicated circuits to switches operated by local exchange carriers.
Overview
History. InterMetro was founded as a California corporation in July 2003 and began generating revenue in March 2004. Since that time, we have increased our revenue to approximately $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 which includes approximately $7.0 million of revenue from our acquisition of ATI.
We increased our employee base from 14 employees at December 31, 2003 to 43 employees as of November 30, 2007. We expect our headcount to continue to grow as our business expands. Our corporate headquarters is located in Simi Valley, California. We lease collocation space for our VoIP equipment in carrier-class telecommunications facilities in metropolitan markets throughout the U.S. and expect to add additional collocation facilities as we expand our VoIP network.
Trends in Our Industry and Business
A number of trends in our industry and business have a significant effect on our operations and our financial results. These trends include:
Increased competition for end users of voice services. We believe there are an increasing number of companies competing for the end users of voice services that have traditionally been serviced by the large incumbent carriers. The competition has come from wireless carriers, competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, and interexchange carriers, or IXCs, and more recently from broadband VoIP providers, including cable companies and DSL companies offering broadband VoIP services over their own IP networks. All of these companies provide national calling capabilities as part of their service offerings, however, most of them do not operate complete national network infrastructures. These companies previously purchased national transport services exclusively from traditional carriers, but are increasingly purchasing transport services from us.
Merger and acquisition activities of traditional long distance carriers. Recently, the three largest operators of traditional long distance service networks were acquired by or have merged with several of the largest local wireline and wireless telecommunications companies. AT&T Corp. was acquired by SBC Communications Inc., MCI, Inc. was acquired by Verizon Communications, Inc. and Sprint Corporation and Nextel Communications, Inc. engaged in a merger transaction. While we believe it is too early to tell what effects these transactions will have on the market for national voice transport services, we may be negatively affected by these events if these companies increase their end user bases, which could potentially decrease the amount of services purchased by our carrier customers. In addition, these companies have greater financial and personnel resources and greater name recognition. However, we could potentially benefit from the continued consolidation in the industry, which has resulted in fewer competitors.
Regulation. Our business has developed in an environment largely free from regulation. However, the FCC and many state regulatory agencies have begun to examine how VoIP services could be regulated, and a number of initiatives could have an impact on our business. These regulatory initiatives include, but are not limited to, proposed reforms for universal service, the intercarrier compensation system, FCC rulemaking regarding emergency calling services related to broadband IP devices, and the assertion of state regulatory authority over us. Complying with regulatory developments may impact our business by increasing our operating expenses, including legal fees, requiring us to make significant capital expenditures or increasing the taxes and regulatory fees applicable to our services. One of the benefits of our implementation of SS-7 technology is to enable us to purchase facilities from incumbent local exchange carriers under switched access tariffs. By purchasing these traditional access services, we help mitigate the risk of potential new regulation related to VoIP. For additional information about these and other regulatory issues we face, see “Regulation” under “Description of Business.”
Our Business Model
Historically we have been successful in implementing our business plan through the expansion of our VoIP infrastructure. Since our inception, we have grown our customer base, including the customers from our acquisition of ATI, to include over 100 customers, including several large publicly-traded telecommunications companies and retail distribution partners. In connection with the addition of customers and the provision of related voice services, we have expanded our national VoIP infrastructure.
In 2006, we also began to dedicate significant resources to acquisition growth, completing our first acquisition in March 2006. We acquired ATI to add minutes to our network and to access new sales channels and customers. We plan to grow our business through direct sales activities and potentially through acquisitions.
21
We have experienced rapid year-over-year revenue growth since we began offering our VoIP services in the Los Angeles metropolitan market in March 2004. Our revenue increased over ten-fold from $1.9 million in 2004 to $20.1 million in 2006 and our network costs during the same periods were $1.4 million and $21.9 million, respectively. We had net losses of $2.7 million in 2004, $1.1 million in 2005 and $13.9 million in 2006. Our increased losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily related to the cost of transitioning our customer base to our SS-7 technology, increased fixed monthly network costs that have been put in place to accommodate the future growth of our business and stock-based charges totaling $2.7 million for the year.
Revenue. We generate revenue primarily from the sale of voice minutes that are transported across our VoIP infrastructure. In addition, ATI, as a reseller, generates revenues from the sale of voice minutes that are currently transported across other telecom service providers’ networks, however, we intend to migrate some of these revenues on to our VoIP infrastructure. We negotiate rates per minute with our carrier customers on a case by case basis. The voice minutes that we sell through our retail distribution partners are typically priced at per minute rates, are packaged as calling cards and are competitive with traditional calling cards and prepaid services. Our carrier customer services agreements and our retail distribution partner agreements are typically one year in length with automatic renewals. We generally bill our customers on a weekly or monthly basis with either a prepaid balance required at the beginning of the week or month of service delivery or with net terms determined by customers’ creditworthiness. Factors that affect our ability to increase revenue include:
· | Changes in the average rate per minute that we charge our customers. |
Our voice services are sold on a price per minute basis. The rate per minute for each customer varies based on several factors, including volume of voice services purchased, a customer’s creditworthiness, and, increasingly, use of our SS-7 based services, which are priced higher than our other voice transport services.
· | Increasing the net number of customers utilizing our VoIP services. |
Our ability to increase revenue is primarily based on the number of carrier customers and retail distribution partners that we are able to attract and retain, as revenue is generated on a recurring basis from our customer base. We expect increases in our customer base primarily through the expansion of our direct sales force and our marketing programs. Our customer retention efforts are primarily based on providing high quality voice services and superior customer service. We expect that the addition of SS-7 based services to our network will significantly increase the universe of potential customers for our services because many customers will only connect to a voice service provider through SS-7 based interconnections.
· | Increasing the average revenue we generate per customer. |
We increase the revenue generated from existing customers by expanding the number of geographic markets connected to our VoIP infrastructure. Also, we are typically one of several providers of voice transport services for our larger customers, and can gain a greater share of a customer’s revenue by consistently providing high quality voice service.
· | Acquisitions. |
We expect to expand our revenue base through the acquisition of other voice service providers. We plan to continue to acquire businesses whose primary cost component is voice services or whose technologies expand or enhance our VoIP service offerings.
We expect that our revenue will increase in the future primarily through the addition of new customers gained from our direct sales and marketing activities and from acquisitions.
Network Costs. Our network, or operating, costs are primarily comprised of fixed cost and usage based network components. In addition, ATI incurs usage based costs from its underlying telecom service providers. We generally pay our fixed network component providers at the beginning or end of the month in which the service is provided and we pay for usage based components on a weekly or monthly basis after the delivery of services. Some of our vendors require a prepayment or a deposit based on recurring monthly expenditures or anticipated usage volumes. Our fixed network costs include:
· | Competitive local exchange carrier costs. |
The interconnections between our VoIP infrastructure and our customers’ end users, as well as our retail customers, have historically been purchased on a monthly recurring fixed cost basis from competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs. Historically, CLEC interconnections have been our largest component of fixed network costs. During 2006, we transitioned our business by replacing our CLEC interconnections with SS-7 based interconnections, discussed below. However, until the quarter ended September 30, 2006, we maintained a portion of these services to provide a transition for existing customers who purchase our SS-7 services. Having both the CLEC and SS-7 services running simultaneously significantly increased our network costs as a percentage of revenue and correspondingly decreased our gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2006.
22
· | SS-7 based interconnection costs. |
During the first nine months of 2006, we added a significant amount of capacity, measured by the number of simultaneous phone calls our VoIP infrastructure can connect in a geographic market, by connecting directly to local phone companies through SS-7 based interconnections purchased on a monthly recurring fixed cost basis. As we expand our network capacity and expand our network to new geographic markets, SS-7 based interconnection capacity will be the primary component of our fixed network costs. Until we are able to increase revenues based on our SS-7 services, these fixed costs will significantly reduce the gross profit earned on our revenue.
· | Other fixed costs. |
Other significant fixed costs components of our VoIP infrastructure include private fiber-optic circuits and private managed IP bandwidth that interconnect our geographic markets, monthly leasing costs for the collocation space used to house our networking equipment in various geographic markets, local loop circuits that are purchased to connect our VoIP infrastructure to our customers and usage based vendors within each geographic market. Other fixed network costs include depreciation expense on our network equipment and monthly subscription fees paid to various network administrative services.
The usage based cost components of our network include:
· | Off-net costs. |
In order to provide services to our customers in geographic areas where we do not have existing or sufficient VoIP infrastructure capacity, we purchase transport services from traditional long distance providers and resellers, as well as from other VoIP infrastructure companies. We refer to these costs as “off-net” costs. Off-net costs are billed on a per minute basis with rates that vary significantly based on the particular geographic area to which a call is being connected.
· | SS-7 based interconnections with local carriers. |
The SS-7 based interconnection services we began purchasing during the first quarter of 2006, and those we intend to purchase for the provision of a majority of our future services, include a usage based, per minute cost component. The rates per minute for this usage based component are significantly lower than the per minute rates for off-net services. We expect that the usage based costs for SS-7 services will become the largest cost component of our network as we grow revenue utilizing SS-7 technology.
Our fixed-cost network components generally do not experience significant price fluctuations. Factors that affect these network components include:
· | Efficient utilization of fixed-cost network components. |
Our customers utilize our services in identifiable fixed daily and weekly patterns. Customer usage patterns are characterized by relatively short periods of high volume usage, leaving a significant amount of time during each day where the network components remain idle.
Our ability to attract customers with different traffic patterns, such as customers who cater to residential calling services, which typically spike during evening hours, with customers who sell enterprise services primarily for use during business hours, increases the overall utilization of our fixed-cost network components. This decreases our overall cost of operations as a percentage of revenues.
· | Strategic purchase of fixed-cost network components. |
Our ability to purchase the appropriate amount of fixed-cost network capacity to (1) adequately accommodate periods of higher call volume from existing customers, (2) anticipate future revenue growth attributed to new customers, and (3) expand services for new and existing customers in new geographic markets is a key factor in managing the percentage of fixed costs we incur as a percentage of revenue.
From time to time, we also make strategic decisions to add capacity with newly deployed technologies, such as the SS-7 based services, which require purchasing a large amount of network capacity in many geographic markets prior to the initiation of customer revenue.
23
We expect that both our fixed-cost and usage based network costs will increase in the future primarily due to the expansion of our VoIP infrastructure and use of off-net providers related to the expected growth in our revenues.
Our usage based network components costs are affected by:
· | Fluctuations in per minute rates of off-net service providers. |
Increasing the volume of services we purchase from our vendors typically lowers our average off-net rate per minute, based on volume discounts. Another factor in the determination of our average rate per minute is the mix of voice services we use by carrier type, with large fluctuations based on the carrier type of the end user which can be local exchange carriers, wireless providers or other voice service providers.
· | Sales mix of our VoIP infrastructure capacity versus off-net services. |
Our ability to sell services connecting our on-net geographic markets, rather than off-net areas, affects the volume of usage based off-net services we purchase as a percentage of revenue.
· | Acquisitions of telecommunications businesses. |
We expect to continue to make acquisitions of telecommunications companies. As we complete these acquisitions and add an acquired company’s traffic and revenue to our operations, we may incur increased usage based network costs. These increased costs will come from traffic that remains with the acquired company’s pre-existing carrier and from any of the acquired company’s traffic that we migrate to our SS-7 services or our off-net carriers. We may also experience decreases in usage based charges for traffic of the acquired company that we migrate to our network. The migration of traffic onto our network requires network construction to the acquired company’s customer base, which may take several months or longer to complete.
Sales and Marketing Expense. Sales and marketing expenses include salaries, sales commissions, benefits, travel and related expenses for our direct sales force, marketing and sales support functions. Our sales and marketing expenses also include payments to our agents that source carrier customers and retail distribution partners. Agents are primarily paid commissions based on a percentage of the revenues that their customer relationships generate. In addition, from time to time we may cover a portion or all of the expenses related to printing physical cards and related posters and other marketing collateral. All marketing costs associated with increasing our retail consumer user base are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in the future primarily due to increases in our direct sales force.
General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits and expenses for our executive, finance, legal and human resource personnel. In addition, general and administrative expenses include fees for professional services, occupancy costs and our insurance costs, and depreciation expense on our non-network depreciable assets. In addition, our general and administrative expenses include stock-based compensation on option grants to our employees and options and warrant grants to non-employees for goods and services received.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the results of our operations expressed as a percentage of revenue:
Period From | |||||||||||||||||||
July 22, 2003 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Inception) to | Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2006 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||
Net revenues | — | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||||
Network costs | — | 76 | 70 | 109 | 103 | 108 | |||||||||||||
Gross profit | — | 24 | 30 | (9 | ) | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | — | 17 | 6 | 10 | 10 | 10 | |||||||||||||
General and administrative | — | 127 | 28 | 41 | 31 | 41 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | — | 144 | 34 | 51 | 41 | 51 | |||||||||||||
Operating loss | — | (120 | ) | (4 | ) | (60 | ) | (44 | ) | (59 | ) | ||||||||
Loss on option and warrant liability | — | — | — | — | — | (35 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense | — | 25 | 7 | 9 | 6 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Loss before provision for income tax | — | (145 | ) | (11 | ) | (69 | ) | (50 | ) | (96 | ) | ||||||||
Net loss | — | (145 | )% | (11 | )% | (69 | )% | (50 | )% | (96 | )% |
24
Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007
Net Revenues . Net revenues increased $938,000, or 6.3%, from $14.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $15.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. One component of the increase in net revenues was the addition of customers acquired through the ATI acquisition. The acquisition occurred in March 2006 (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and, consequently, the addition of the ATI customers was a factor in the increase in net revenues for the first three months of the nine month period ended September 30, 2007. On this basis, the addition of the ATI customers represented approximately a $2.1 million increase in net revenues. Without the increase attributable to the ATI acquisition, revenues would have decreased by approximately $1.2 million, or 8.1%, from $14.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $13.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We have been acquiring new customers and increasing revenues to existing customers both of which have contributed significantly to our revenues in the nine months ended September 30, 2007. These increases were offset, however, by a $1 million reduction in revenues attributable to the loss of two customers, one due to an acquisition and a $1.6 million reduction in revenues from one existing customer.
Network Costs . Network costs increased $1.8 million, or 11.8%, from $15.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $17.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in cost is primarily related to the increase in usage based cost that varied directly with the increasing revenues as well as an approximate $3.6 million increase in costs due to our network expansion related to the SS-7 technology. These costs were offset by an approximate $1.6 million reduction in the use of competitive local exchange companies, which were primarily replaced by SS-7 technology and an approximate $1.6 million reduction in costs for improved per minute pricing from off-net vendors.
Gross margin decreased from (2.7)% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to a gross margin loss of (8.0)% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. This decrease in gross margin was attributable to the deployment of SS-7 based technology in the network which was underutilized during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and the increased use of third party networks related to the ATI acquisition.
Depreciation expense included within network costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $521,000 (3.5% of net revenues) as compared to $747,000 (4.7% of net revenues) for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing expenses increased $114,000, or 7.7% from $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 9.9% and 10.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 principally related to $211,000 of sales and marketing expenses added through the acquisition of ATI, primarily for commissions paid to outside sales agents, which is ATI’s primary selling cost. This increase attributable to ATI expenses was partially offset by reductions in expenses for advertising, consulting, outsourced customer service and promotions.
General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million, or 36.9% from $4.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 31.8% and 40.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. General and administrative expenses included stock-based charges related to warrants and stock options of $1.5 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses for nine months ended September 30, 2007 is primarily attributable to the costs related to operating as a publicly traded company which includes increased professional services expenses and increased payroll from higher headcount. Professional services expenses and payroll related expenses increased by approximately $1.4 million and $568,000, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2007 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2006. In addition, there was and increase in general and administrative expense relate to the acquisition of ATI of approximately $176,000.
25
Option and Warrant Liability. In the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we incurred a loss on option and warrant liability of $5.6 million. This loss represents the change in estimated value of our liability for options granted under our 2004 Plan that are exercisable but for which we did not have adequate unissued authorized common stock. The value of this estimated liability was $5.4 million and $11.0 million at December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, respectively. This liability was created on December 29, 2006 as a result of the business combination between InterMetro and Lucy’s Cafe and therefore had no effect on the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Pursuant to the Company’s May 2007 filing and subsequent effectiveness of the definitive Schedule 14C Information Statement and the increase in authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000 as described in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, there is no remaining liability for these options at September 30, 2007.
Interest Expense,net. Interest expense decreased $599,000, or 66.9%, from $895,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $296,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease in interest expense is primarily attributable to the retirement of most of the Company’s long-term liabilities and to a one-time reversal of estimated interest expense from prior periods in the amount of $90,000.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
Net Revenues. Net revenues increased $9.5 million, or 90.1%, from $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in net revenues was primarily attributable to growth in net revenues from carrier customers. Approximately $10.3 million, or 51.3%, of our 2006 revenues came from new customers including new customers added through our direct sales force, customers acquired through the ATI acquisition and the ramp up of revenues generated through retail calling card sales, which represented $1.3 million, $7.0 million and $2.0 million of the increase, respectively. New customer revenue growth was offset by a decrease in customer revenues from customers acquired prior to January 1, 2006 of $(787,000), which included a decrease of $(1.8) million from the loss of three customers that encountered financial difficulties while all other existing customer revenues increased by $1.0 million, primarily from increased usage of SS-7 network technology. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were negatively impacted by one time credits and marketing discounts given in the quarter ended December 31, 2006 of $(239,000) related to the ramp up of revenue on SS-7 technology. The SS-7 technology was deployed in 2006, so there was no impact from these items for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Network Costs. Network costs increased $14.5 million, or 197.8%, from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to network expansion related to the addition of SS-7 technology, off-net costs incurred for the customers acquired through the ATI acquisition, increased network traffic sent to international destinations and increased use of third party networks to terminate calls, which increased network costs by $4.5 million, $6.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The increase in network costs from SS-7 technology included approximately $1.9 million for monthly fixed cost network components and $2.6 million for per minute and per call variable costs paid to local exchange carriers. The increase in international and third party domestic network costs was due in part to increased revenue from retail calling card services.
Network costs in 2006 included $1.0 million for usage based charges from competitive local exchange carriers who applied these charges primarily to offset access fees charged to them by the incumbent local exchange carriers. During 2006, incumbent carriers began to aggressively pursue collection of per minute access fees from competitive local exchange carriers for calls that left the local market through competitive local exchange carrier facilities. The ability for incumbent local exchange carriers to apply access fees to these types of calls has historically been debated in front of the FCC. Approximately $889,000 of these usage based charges were incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2006, as we significantly reduced our purchase of competitive local exchange carrier services in the second-half of 2006 due to increased usage of SS-7 based network components. The usage based charges related to this issue were $ 30,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Gross margin decreased from 30.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to a gross margin loss of (8.9)% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease in gross margin was attributable to the deployment of SS-7 based technology in the network which was significantly underutilized during 2006, payments during 2006 for unutilized competitive local carrier network facilities that were purchased under committed term agreements, substantially all of which have been eliminated by year end, and increased off-net based revenue primarily from the acquisition of ATI which had a 14.7% gross margin for the nine months ended December 31, 2006.
26
Depreciation expense included within network costs for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $558,000 (5.3% of net revenues) as compared to $734,000 (3.7% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.4 million, or 213.4% from $668,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 6.3% and 10.4% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally related to $726,000 of sales and marketing expenses added through the acquisition of ATI, primarily for commissions paid to outside sales agents, which is ATI’s primary selling cost. Additionally, sales and marketing expenses increased due to increased retail calling card revenue, increased usage of print advertising and increased presence at industry trade shows, which increased sales and marketing expenses by $283,000, $97,000 and $77,000, respectively. Sales and marketing expenses included stock-based charges related to warrants and stock options of $97,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $5.3 million, or 175.0% from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 28.4% and 41.0% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. General and administrative expenses included stock-based charges related to warrants and stock options of $443,000 and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and included $2.2 million for the one-time write off of expenses related to InterMetro’s initial public offering, which was withdrawn prior to the Business Combination with InterMetro Communications, for the year ended December 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses before stock-based charges and initial public offering expenses increased $1.8 million, or 69.0%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. General and administrative expenses before stock-based charges and initial public offering expenses as a percent of net revenues were 24.2% and 21.5% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses before stock-based charges and initial public offering expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally related to increased legal expenses, increased payroll from higher headcount, increased general and administrative expenses from the acquisition of ATI, primarily payroll, and a one-time bad debt charge in the second quarter for a former ATI customer, which accounted for $159,000, $556,000, $572,000 and $125,000 of the increase, respectively.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $1.1 million, or 168.5%, from $665,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Approximately $906,000 of the increase in interest expense was attributable to stock-based charges for the amortization of debt discount and the issuance of warrants in connection with our January 2006 Series A Notes financing and the issuance of warrants in connection with our December 2006 credit facility financing. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 also included interest related to equipment financing agreements and leases, interest and fees for bridge notes, and interest related to our Series A Notes of $195,000, $221,000 and $317,000, respectively. The Series A Notes were exchanged for shares of common stock in December 2006 and all outstanding principal, interest on fees payable on the December 2006 credit facility were repaid in January 2007.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
Net Revenues. Net revenues increased $8.7 million, or 462.6%, from $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net revenues was primarily attributable to growth in net revenues from carrier customers, both in net revenues generated from carrier customers existing at December 31, 2004 and new customers which interconnected during the year. Approximately 45% of our 2005 revenues came from new customers and substantially all new customers were added through our direct sales force. Growth in revenues from existing customers came from both increased sales in existing markets and sales in additional metropolitan markets.
Network Costs. Network costs increased $5.9 million, or 414.7%, from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily due to additional network expansion and growth in minutes from existing and new carrier customers. The usage based, or variable, cost increases were primarily the result of an increase in off-net costs from existing and new customers. The fixed cost components of our network expansion included CLEC interconnections, private fiber-optic circuits, monthly leasing costs for the collocation space and local loop circuits for existing and new customers and for potential future customers. Gross margin increased from 24% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 30% for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase in gross margin was attributable principally to the expansion of new on-net markets.
Depreciation expense included within network costs for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $153,000 (8.1% of net revenues) as compared to $558,000 (5.3% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2005. Included in our network costs were $34,000 (1.8% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $128,000 (1.2% of net revenues) for the year ended December 31, 2005, related to our network expansion.
27
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $350,000, or 110.0%, from $318,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $668,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. Sales and marketing expenses as a percent of net revenues were 16.9% and 6.3% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally related to increases in our direct costs related to our sales and marketing efforts (including product placement and consulting services), advertising, our participation in industry trade shows and other customer related expenses during the year of approximately $218,000, $60,000 and $27,000, respectively.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $611,000, or 25.6%, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. General and administrative expenses as a percent of net revenues were 127.1% and 28.4% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally related to an increase in payroll and payroll-related expenses, travel, and insurance due to the addition of new employees and the growth in our business of $260,000, $74,000 and $43,000, respectively.
We also include the non-cash compensation relating to options granted to our employees (other than sales employees), which increased $206,000, or 86.9%, from $237,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $443,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase from the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 relates primarily to an increase in non-cash charges recognized on our option grants to employees, consultants and for purchases of equipment of $206,000.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $195,000, or 41.6%, from $470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $665,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in interest expense was attributable to our convertible promissory notes sold in June 2004 and November 2004 (which continued to accrue interest until converted with the note principal into our equity) and financing costs associated with the equipment draws for the network expansion under our strategic agreement.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At September 30, 2007 we had $516,000 in cash as compared to $151,000 in cash at December 31, 2006.
The Company’s working capital position, defined as current assets less current liabilities, has historically been negative and was negative $10.9 million at September 30, 2007 as compared to negative $8.6 million at December 31, 2006. Included in current liabilities at September 30, 2007 was $1.3 million due under strategic equipment agreements used to finance equipment purchases. The Company has agreements with vendors that allow for significantly longer terms than the terms for payment offered to the majority of its customers. This difference in payment terms has been a significant factor in the Company reporting negative working capital as part of its ongoing operations, and the Company expects this difference to continue.
Significant changes in cash flows from September 30, 2007 as compared to September 30, 2006:
Net cash used in operating activities was $8.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The more significant changes that increased the use of cash from operating activities were our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 of approximately $15.3 million and a $2.3 million reduction in accrued expenses principally related to payments made to our professional service providers for costs primarily attributable to our initial public offering which was subsequently withdrawn in December 2006. Partially offsetting these uses of funds was the add-back of a $5.6 million non-cash loss on options and warrant as well as non-cash expense for stock based compensation of $1.2 million and depreciation of $799,000.
Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $79,000 attributable to the purchase of network-related equipment as compared to $21,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $8.8 million as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Net cash for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 included the receipt of approximately $10.2 million in gross proceeds from our sale of common stock in December 2006 (proceeds were held in escrow at December 31, 2006) partially offset by the repayment of our related party credit facilities of $1.1 million. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 included approximately $1.5 million from the issuance of Series A convertible notes and Series B preferred stock as well as $459,000 of cash acquired in the ATI acquisition.
28
Significant changes in cash flows from December 31, 2006 as compared to December 31, 2005:
Net cash used in operating activities was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The more significant changes related to our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 of approximately $13.9 million, depreciation and other non-cash charges of approximately $3.7 million, increases in our deferred revenues of $876,000, accounts payable of $5.0 million and accrued expenses of $975,000. The increase in our accounts payable and accrued expenses principally related to increases in amounts due to our professional services of approximately $1.8 million (principally, costs incurred in connection with our initial public offering which was subsequently withdrawn in December 2006) and amounts due under our strategic agreements of $586,000 and $1.8 million relating to our acquisition of ATI.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $21,000 as compared to $821,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and was attributable to purchases of property and equipment offset by the return of the restricted cash securing our line of credit facility which was repaid in September 2006.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $3.0 million as compared to cash used in financing activities of $211,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net cash for the year ended December 31, 2006 included the net proceeds from the sale of our Series A convertible promissory notes of $565,000, the net proceeds from the sale of our preferred stock of $1.0 million and cash of $459,000 held by ATI when we acquired it offset by the repayment of principal of our capital lease obligations of $223,000 during such period. In addition, we received proceeds of $1.1 million from borrowings under credit facilities with related parties.
Significant changes in cash flows from December 31, 2005 as compared to December 31, 2004:
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The more significant changes related to our net loss for year ended December 31, 2005 of $1.1 million, depreciation and other non-cash charges of approximately $1.1 million, increases in our deferred revenues of $137,000, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.7 million, and a decrease of $27,000 in our other long-term assets, offset by an increase in accounts receivable, net of $322,000 and increase in our deposits held by others of $166,000. The increases in our accounts payable and accrued expenses is primarily comprised of increases in (a) the amounts due under our strategic agreement of approximately $451,000, (b) funds held to be remitted to payphone service providers of approximately $203,000 and (c) accrued interest due on the convertible promissory notes of approximately $179,000. Such increases are a result of the overall increase in the growth of our business.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $821,000 as compared to $419,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, and is attributable to purchases of property and equipment.
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $211,000 as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $796,000 for the year December 31, 2004. Net cash included the net proceeds from the sale of our convertible promissory notes of $917,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 (there we no sales of our convertible promissory notes in the year ended December 31, 2005) offset by the repayment of principal of our capital lease obligations of $241,000 and $121,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The Company plans to use its current cash balance or capital raised from outside sources to fund future operating losses until the Company has grown revenues so that cash flows from operating activities are sufficient to sustain operations without the need for outside capital. Also, the Company may need additional cash from outside financing sources to achieve its growth strategies, including cash for use in the completion of potential acquisitions. Management believes that if and when required, the Company has the ability to obtain financing to continue to operate through the end of the year. However, management can not assure that outside capital will be available at terms acceptable to the Company or at all. Additionally, the Company incurred costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2007 related to financing activities which the Company does not expect to incur in future periods.
We currently anticipate that our existing cash, the anticipated net proceeds from financing we are in the process of negotiating and any cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our operating activities, capital expenditures and other obligations through at least the next 12 months and to fund all of our long-term commitments beyond the next 12 months. See “Contractual Obligations.” In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors for general working capital. The terms of the secured notes are 18 months maturity with an interest rate of 10% per annum due at the maturity date. The secured notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is also required to pay an origination fee of 3.00% and documentation fee of 2.50% of the principal amount of the secured notes at the maturity date. Prepayment of the credit facilities requires payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 20%, in addition to principal, accrued interest and fees. The Company can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. Such additional financing is necessary in order to fund ongoing operations until such time as the Company can achieve positive cash flow from operations. The Company is in the process of securing this required additional financing, however, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing the financing required to fund our ongoing operations or that we will continue to expand our revenue base to the extent required to achieve positive cash-flows from operations in the future, raising doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
29
Our long-term operating cash requirements include the capital necessary to fund the expansion of capacity and continuing implementation of SS-7 technology in our existing metropolitan markets as well as expansion of our network infrastructure to additional metropolitan markets. We expect cash flow from operating activities of our existing network to offset the negative cash flow from operating activities and cash spent on financing of our capacity and metropolitan market expansions. We intend to adhere to a go-forward policy of fully funding all network infrastructure expansions in advance and intend to expand while maintaining sufficient cash to cover our projected needs. To the extent our plans change, we may need to seek additional funding by accessing the equity or debt capital markets. There is uncertainty regarding whether some of our VoIP services should be classified as telecommunications services. Any VoIP services so classified may be subject to third-party access charges, taxes and fees. If access charges, taxes and fees are imposed on services we have provided or continue to provide, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We do not believe, however, that there would be substantial impairment of our liquidity.
In addition, we may pursue acquisitions that require a portion or all of our cash on hand to complete and may also require us to seek additional funding. Our net losses to date may prevent us from obtaining additional funds on favorable terms or at all. Because of our history of net losses and our limited tangible assets, we do not fit traditional credit lending criteria, which could make it difficult for us to obtain loans or to access the debt capital markets. If additional funds were raised through the issuance of convertible debt or equity securities, the percentage of stock owned by our then-current stockholders would be reduced. Furthermore, such convertible debt and equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our then-current equity securities. The sale of convertible debt securities or additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in incurring debt service obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
Credit Facilities
In February 2005, we executed an agreement with a commercial bank for a $30,000 revolving credit facility to be used for general working capital. Interest on the outstanding balance accrued at an annual rate of 2.5% above the bank’s prime rate. We were required to maintain a $30,000 balance in an account with the bank (in which the bank has a security interest) as collateral for this loan. We were also required to pay the bank on a monthly basis an unused line fee on the unused portion of this line at an annual rate of 0.625%. This credit facility was repaid in full in September 2006.
In August 2006, we entered into unsecured credit facilities of an aggregate of $525,000, with certain of our directors and officers, for general working capital. The facilities had one-year maturities and accrued interest on outstanding principal at 10% per annum compounded monthly. Principal and accrued interest were payable on August 31, 2007. We were also required to pay an origination fee of 7.25% of the maximum principal amount outstanding (during the term) on August 31, 2007 (or at the time of prepayment) and lender legal fees and other expenses of $9,500, or less, for each credit facility. Prepayment of the credit facilities required payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 15%, in addition to principal and accrued interest. In August and October 2006, we took advances of $450,000 and $75,000 under these facilities, respectively, and in January 2007 we repaid all of these facilities and all accrued fees and interest.
On or about December 14, 2006, we entered into a Term Credit Agreement pursuant to which we borrowed $600,000 from The Hunter Fund Limited bearing no interest as long as there is no default, and all principal and accrued interest was to be payable on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Private Placement, or (ii) six months from the date of funding, or (iii) the effective date of the termination of the placement agent. We paid a bridge loan origination fee of $42,000 on the closing and were obligated to pay an additional fee of $75,000 on the maturity date of the loan. The financing was secured by certain of our assets. We were also obligated to pay $10,000 for the lender’s legal fees. Under the Term Credit Agreement, we were also obligated to issue the lender warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.60 per share, an exercise period of three years from the date of issuance and a cashless exercise feature. The bridge loan principal and all related fees and expenses were repaid in January 2007.
Leases
In February 2004, we entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $465,000. In connection with entering into this lease facility, we issued to the lessor a warrant to purchase 143,261 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.162 per share, as adjusted for the Business Combination. In August 2005 and April 2006, we entered into similar non-cancelable lease agreements to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to an additional $300,000 in each lease. In connection with the August 2005 lease facility, we issued a warrant to purchase 56,018 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.268 per share, as adjusted for the Business Combination. In May 2006, in conjunction with entering into a lease, we issued a warrant to purchase 21,567 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.974 per share, as adjusted for the Business Combination. The future minimum lease payments are discounted using interest rates of 18% to 28% over 18 to 30 months.
30
Critical Accounting Policies and the Use of Estimates
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe that the following accounting policies involve the greatest degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue Recognition. We recognize our VoIP services revenues when services are provided, primarily on usage. Revenues derived from sales of calling cards through related distribution partners are deferred upon the sale of the cards. These deferred revenues are recognized as revenues generally when all usage of the cards occurs. We recognize revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant performance obligations remain for us and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Our deferred revenues consist of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which cash receipt is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant performance obligations remain or when cash is received for previously performed services. We assess the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, we do not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of revenues are not reasonably assured, we defer the recognition of revenue until the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments,” which revises SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” issued in 1995. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions and related interpretations of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). We adopted SFAS 123(R) applying the “modified prospective transition method” under which we continue to account for nonvested equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R) in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to adoption, that is, we would continue to apply APB 25 in future periods to equity awards outstanding at the date we adopted SFAS 123(R).
Under the provisions of SFAS 123(R), we elected to continue to recognize compensation cost for our employees under the minimum value method of APB 25 and to comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS 123(R) for all options granted prior to January 1, 2006. Stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net loss related to common stock options if options granted under the 2004 Plan have an exercise price below the deemed fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
Effective January 1, 2006, we estimated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using various assumptions. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded entities. The expected term of options granted is derived from the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term, as described in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, “Share-Based Payment.” The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
Since January 1, 2006, our stock-based compensation has been based on the balance of deferred stock-based compensation for unvested awards at January 1, 2006, using the intrinsic value as previously recorded under APB 25, and the fair value of the awards on the date of grant for awards after January 1, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) has resulted and will continue to result in higher amounts of stock-based compensation for awards granted after January 1, 2006 than would have been recorded if we had continued to apply the provisions of APB 25. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized $204,000 relating to the amortization of the remaining balance of the deferred stock-based compensation, calculated using the intrinsic value. Additionally, we recognized $274,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 relating to the fair value of the options granted after January 1, 2006.
31
As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $320,000 higher than if we had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25.
We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services.” All transactions involving goods or services as the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily measured. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.
The following presents a summary of stock option grants since January 1, 2004, as adjusted for the Business Combination:
Replacement for Grants Made During Quarter Ended | Number of Options Granted | Weighted- Average Exercise Price | Weighted- Average Intrinsic Value per Share | Weighted- Average Fair Value per Share | |||||||||
March 31, 2004 | 3,635,304 | $ | 0.041 | $ | — | $ | 0.041 | ||||||
September 30, 2004 | 554,536 | $ | 0.041 | $ | 0.171 | $ | 0.212 | ||||||
September 30, 2005 | 277,273 | $ | 0.220 | $ | 0.592 | $ | 0.811 | ||||||
December 31, 2005 | 338,885 | $ | 0.268 | $ | 0.624 | $ | 0.893 | ||||||
March 31, 2006 | 797,924 | $ | 0.453 | $ | 0.521 | $ | 0.974 | ||||||
June 30, 2006 | 110,895 | $ | 0.974 | $ | 0.745 | $ | 1.718 | ||||||
September 30, 2006 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||
December 31, 2006 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||
March 31, 2007 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||
June 30, 2007 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||
September 30, 2007 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — |
For the options granted prior to January 1, 2006, the intrinsic value per share is being recognized as compensation expense over the applicable vesting period (which equals the service period). For those options granted January 1, 2006 and thereafter, compensation expense was determined based on the fair value of the options and is being recognized in our Consolidated Statement of Operations over the applicable vesting period (which equals the service period).
The fair value of the common stock for options granted between January 2004 and September 2004 was estimated contemporaneously by the Board of Directors, with input from management. We did not obtain contemporaneous valuations by an unrelated valuation specialist because during this period we had limited operations and managerial resources which were focused on commencing revenue streams from customers and executing on our business plan to build out network facilities.
We performed various analyses at the time options were granted to assist our Board of Directors in establishing exercise prices. Determining the fair value of our stock requires making complex and subjective judgments. We retrospectively engaged an unrelated valuation specialist to determine the value of our common stock as of September 30, 2005 and March 31, 2006. As part of our year-end closing process, we re-assessed our interim valuations performed on our common stock for option grants.
Our internal approach to valuation during these periods was based on standard business valuation approaches, including discounted future cash flow analysis which used our estimates of revenues, driven by market growth rates and estimated costs, as well as appropriate discount rates. In addition, we performed capital markets analyses by identifying publicly traded companies considered sufficiently comparable to us. In addition, our internal approach to valuation considered the value implied by our convertible note financings, the accretive value of our business from various milestones (key management hires, volume thresholds (minutes, revenues, new markets, etc.), inroads into the retail distribution channels, positive cash flow, etc.) and market factors.
32
Our unrelated valuation specialist generally utilizes four standard business valuation approaches: discounted cash flow, capital market, business transaction and asset accumulation approach. The methods ultimately selected for each individual business valuation depends upon the valuation specialist’s judgment and experience with similar valuations, and also upon the quantity and quality of available financial, operational, and industry data. With respect to us, the valuation specialist utilized the discounted cash flow method and the capital markets approach. The discounted cash flow method provided a reliable means of representing the fair market value of the equity through the potential operating results of the Company on a going concern basis. The capital market approach was utilized because they were able to identify publicly traded guideline companies considered sufficiently comparable to us. Our unrelated valuation specialist informed us that it also considered other valuation approaches (the asset accumulation and the business transaction approach); however, these approaches were considered but not utilized as they were not deemed appropriate methodologies for valuing our business.
The discounted cash flow approach involves forecasting the cash flows to invested capital that a typical buyer of us would anticipate receiving through continued operations over a five-year period. Cash flows to invested capital are defined as earnings before interest and taxes, less corporate income tax obligations, plus non-cash expenses, plus or minus changes in working capital, less capital expenditures. These projected invested capital cash flows are discounted to their present value and are then added to the residual value of the fifth year projected invested capital cash flow. The residual value of the fifth year is calculated by capitalizing the invested capital cash flow projected in the sixth year and discounting that value to present value using the discount rate. The capitalization rate is calculated by subtracting the projected long-term growth rate from the discount rate. The discount rate is the required rate of return for all invested capital. In calculating the discount rate in connection with our valuation the unrelated valuation specialist considered the weighted average cost of capital. The weighted average cost of capital is based upon our invested capital structure, with a weighting on equity and a weighting on interest bearing debt. This analysis estimates the fair market value of the total enterprise (invested capital). The fair market value of the equity would be calculated by subtracting the interest bearing debt from the fair market value of the invested capital. Risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates. If different discount rates had been used, the valuations would have been different.
The capital market approach uses direct comparisons to other enterprises and their equity securities to estimate the fair value of the common shares of privately issued securities. The capital market approach bases the fair value measurement on what other similar enterprises or comparable transactions indicate their values to be. Under this approach, the valuation by unrelated parties in comparable enterprises is examined. In estimating the value of our common stock using the capital market approach, an analysis of the risk, return and growth characteristics of an investment in us, as compared to an investment in the selected guideline public companies. From an investment standpoint, companies may be similar even though engaged in a rather broad variety of operations. The search for companies included a review of data available from Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Compact Disclosure, Dow Jones News Retrieval Service and Media General Financial Services, which contain relevant financial and operating information on actively traded public companies. Important to the analysis was the selection of guideline companies from which reliable comparisons to us may be made. In making their selections, the unrelated valuation specialist indicated that it considered the following four characteristics:
· The company had to be engaged in the telecommunication services industry with initiatives in VoIP.
· The company’s common stock had to be publicly traded.
· The trading market of the company had to be relatively active.
· The company’s financial information had to be made known to the public.
The unrelated valuation specialist indicated that, based on these criteria and researching numerous companies, companies which are engaged in some way in the telecommunications services industry are comparable. While these companies may not be in the exact same business, their business risk and customer base may be comparable. For these companies, market ratios or multiples were calculated, which the unrelated valuation specialist believed to be relevant in these circumstances.
As disclosed more fully in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements of Lucy’s Cafe, Inc, we granted stock options with exercise prices of $2.30 to $10.20 per share (replaced with stock options for Company common stock with exercise prices of $0.220 to $0.974 per share upon assumption of the 2004 Plan) during the 24 months ended December 31, 2006. Also, as disclosed, we determined that the fair value of InterMetro common stock increased from $2.30 to $10.47 per share during that period (equivalent to Company common stock per share values of $0.220 to $1.00). We experienced various key milestones in our business during the 24 months ended December 31, 2006 that were indicative of our accretive value during this period, including:
· We engaged an unrelated valuation specialist to assist us in our re-assessment of the valuation of our common stock, who provided its determination of the market value, on a minority, non-marketable interest basis, as of September 30, 2005, was $8.50 per share (equivalent to a Company common stock per share value of $0.811).
33
· We added our first key executive (V.P. of Business and Legal Affairs) since December 2003 during the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
· We added another key executive (V.P. of Mergers & Acquisitions) during the quarter ended December 31, 2005.
· We noted increases in valuation of identified comparable companies.
· We engaged an unrelated valuation specialist to assist us in our re-assessment of the valuation of our common stock, who provided its determination of the market value, on a minority, non-marketable interest basis, as of March 31, 2006, was $10.20 per share (equivalent to a Company common stock per share value of $0.974).
· During Fall 2005, we implemented a strategy to develop SS-7 capability into our network, specifically, the planning of the roll-out identified markets, execution of ordering equipment and network services, etc. During the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we completed the first metropolitan market build-out of SS-7 technology and began generating revenues, implementation costs and other expenses within projected levels. (See following paragraph for additional discussion.)
· We commenced discussions with a potential retail partner. (See following paragraph for additional discussion.)
In addition to the processes discussed above with respect to the various key milestones and the engagement of an unrelated valuation specialist to assist us in our determination of the fair value of our common stock as of March 31, 2006, several significant factors account for the valuation of $10.20 per share of our common stock (equivalent to a Company common stock per share value of $0.974), which includes:
· Completion of the Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”) Acquisition. On March 31, 2006, we completed the acquisition of ATI, a switchless reseller of wholesale long distance services. On a pro forma basis for the 12 months ended December 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006, ATI represented approximately 43% and 39% of our consolidated revenues, respectively. In addition, the completion of the ATI acquisition provided us with a platform for future reseller acquisitions, access to new sales channels and expertise in the reseller market.
· SS-7 Network Build-out. In the fall of 2005, we began to develop and implement technology to connect our network directly to local telephone companies and wireless networks in the major metropolitan markets that we serve through the addition of SS-7 capabilities to our VoIP infrastructure. SS-7 technology allows access to the customers of the local telephone companies. The combination of SS-7 technology and direct local telephone company interconnections allows us to offer additional services to our customers and we believe makes it easier for potential customers that use long distance companies to transition their voice traffic to our VoIP network. The SS-7 technology also allows us to offer an increased number of services and enhances our ability to develop new services which we believe provides us with additional revenue opportunities. We derived our first revenues from the build-out of our SS-7 network during the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
· Cantata Technology Agreement. In May 2006, we entered into a strategic agreement with Cantata Technology, Inc., (“Cantata”), formerly known as Excel Switching Corporation, a leading provider of VoIP equipment and support services. We plan to significantly expand our VoIP network using Cantata’s latest, state of the art VoIP equipment, which we believe will increase the functionality and efficiency of our VoIP infrastructure. The terms of the strategic agreement allow us to apply more of our existing financial resources to the expansion of our sales and operations. Furthermore, we expect Cantata’s equipment to enable us to better integrate, with cost advantages, industry standard SS-7 functionality and reliability with the unique enhanced services capabilities of our VoIP infrastructure. Among other benefits, the agreement provides us preferential pricing and rights to test and deploy newly developed technologies.
· Addition of significant new retail distribution partner. In June 2006, we entered into an agreement with a general merchandise retailer to sell its prepaid calling cards and provide for additional voice traffic over our network. We expect this agreement to provide growth in our revenues and profitability.
As of December 31, 2006, the intrinsic value of 1,170,691 of our outstanding options was approximately $370,000 of which 796,378 were vested options. The intrinsic value of these options was computed using the difference between an assumed fair value and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant. Also, as of December 31, 2006, we had 3,635,304 of outstanding InterMetro options which had no intrinsic value, as the exercise prices of these options approximated the assumed fair value at their granted date. 2,943,670 of these options were vested as of December 31, 2006.
The foregoing is a summary of the information relating to our determination of the fair value of InterMetro’s common stock solely for purposes of establishing the exercise price of stock options granted since January 2004 while InterMetro was a private company. Our determination of the fair value of our common stock in connection with granting stock options may have no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market.
34
We record deferred stock-based employee compensation charges in the amount by which the exercise price of an option is less than the deemed fair value of our common stock at the date of grant. We record deferred stock-based compensation for non-employee awards in the amount of the fair value related to the unvested awards or those for which a measurement date has not been reached as described above. We amortize the deferred compensation charges over the vesting period of the underlying option awards, which has been generally one year. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we recorded stock compensation expense of $487,000, $502,000, $2.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively, $1.7 million and $1.2 million of the total compensation expense was included in our general and administrative expenses, $97,000 and $32,000 was recorded in sales and marketing expenses, and $970,000 and $0 was recorded in interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. In the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, $237,000 and $443,000 was included in general and administrative expenses and $250,000 and $59,000 was included in interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, we had $373,000 and $219,000, respectively, of deferred stock-based compensation remaining to be amortized.
InterMetro’s majority common stockholder and founder had set aside approximately 944,000 InterMetro shares in the event certain officers, employees and individuals exercise their option to purchase such shares from the stockholder (the “Founder Options”). These options vested in January 2006. We determined that the granting of these options is a deemed capital contribution from the majority stockholder to InterMetro. In addition, we valued these options at the date of grant, which totaled approximately $30,000, which was deferred until the date the contingency of the vesting lapsed in January 2006 and we recorded this amount as compensation expense included in our general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Subsequent to the vesting of the Founders Options in January 2006, certain officers, employees and individuals entered into agreements with the founder pursuant to which they purchased the shares of Private Company Common Stock underlying the Founders Options.
Accounts Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. We do not charge interest on our trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We review our allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. We determine the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We assess impairment of our other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by us include:
· Significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;
· Significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and
· Significant negative industry or economic trends.
When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, we have not had an impairment of long-lived assets and are not aware of the existence of any indicators of impairment.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the assets and liabilities. We periodically review the likelihood that we will realize the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities to determine if a valuation allowance is necessary. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the deferred tax assets to zero at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007. In addition, we operate within multiple domestic taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in those jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues, which may require an extended period of time for resolution. Although we believe that our financial statements reflect a reasonable assessment of our income tax liability, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these issues could significantly differ from our original estimates.
35
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards
As of December 31, 2006, our net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes were approximately $7.2 million. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change of control net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes against its post-change income may be limited. This Section 382 limitation is applied annually so as to limit the use of our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to an amount that generally equals the value of our stock immediately before the ownership change multiplied by a designated federal long-term tax-exempt rate. Subject to applicable limitations, net operating losses subject to a Section 382 limitation are not lost if they are not utilized in a particular year. Section 382 provides that all unused net operating losses can be carried forward and aggregated with the following year’s available net operating loss.
Contingencies and Litigation
We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” and record accruals when the outcome of these matters is deemed probable and the liability is reasonably estimable. We make these assessments based on the facts and circumstances and in some instances based in part on the advice of outside legal counsel.
It is not unusual in our industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to the amounts billed for services provided. We currently have disputes with vendors that we believe did not bill certain charges correctly. While we have paid the undisputed amounts billed for these non-recurring charges based on rate information provided by these vendors, as of September 30, 2007, there is approximately $1.7 million of unresolved charges in dispute. We are in discussion with these vendors regarding these charges and may take additional action as deemed necessary against these vendors in the future as part of the dispute resolution process. Management does not believe that any settlement would have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Contractual Obligations
Our major outstanding contractual obligations relate to our capital lease obligations related to purchases of fixed assets, amounts due under our strategic equipment agreement, operating lease obligations, and other contractual obligations, primarily consisting of the underlying elements of our network. There are no significant provisions in our agreements with our network partners that are likely to create, increase, or accelerate obligations due thereunder other than changes in usage fees that are directly proportional to the volume of activity in the normal course of our business operations. We have no long-term obligations of more than three years.
The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations at September 30, 2007:
Payments Due by Period (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Contractual Obligations | Total | Less than 1 year | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More Than 5 years | |||||||||||
Capital lease obligations | $ | 341 | $ | 199 | $ | 142 | — | — | ||||||||
Operating lease obligations | 454 | 257 | 197 | — | — | |||||||||||
Total | $ | 795 | $ | 456 | $ | 339 | — | — |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We currently do not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions, foreign currency forward contracts or any other off-balance sheet arrangements.
36
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Regarding Market Risk
Foreign Currency Market Risks. We currently do not have significant exposure to foreign currency exchange rates as all of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars.
Interest Rate Market Risk. Our cash is invested in bank deposits and money market funds denominated in U.S. dollars. The carrying value of our cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and customer deposits, and current portion of long-term capital lease obligations approximate fair value because of the short period of time to maturity. At September 30, 2007, the carrying value of the capital lease obligations approximate fair value as their contractual interest rates approximate market yields for similar debt instruments.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. The interpretation provides guidance associated with the recognition and measurement of tax positions and related reporting and disclosure requirements. The Company adopted this interpretation at January 1, 2007 and this did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB 108 provides guidance on how the effects of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006. We are not aware of any misstatements that have had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows and SAB, No. 108 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not completed our assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements, but the adoption of the statement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This statement requires an employer to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. The statement is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The Company does not have a pension plan or other post retirement plan. As such there was no impact on the Company’s statement of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of this new standard will have a material effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS No. 141(R)” ). SFAS No. 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption of the statement is not permitted. Accordingly, SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
37
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an Amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries and for the deconsolidation of subsidiaries. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. The provisions of SFAS No. 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 160 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
38
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Background
InterMetro Communications, Inc., formerly Lucy’s Cafe, Inc., (hereinafter, “we,” “us,” “InterMetro” or the “Company”) is a Nevada corporation which through its wholly owned subsidiary, InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware) (hereinafter, “InterMetro Delaware”), is engaged in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. On December 29, 2006, InterMetro, a public “shell” company, completed a Business Combination with InterMetro Delaware whereby InterMetro Delaware became our wholly-owned subsidiary. For financial reporting purposes, InterMetro Delaware was considered the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination. Accordingly, the historical financial statements presented and the discussion of financial condition and results of operations prior to December 29, 2006 below are those of InterMetro Delaware and do not include the Company’s historical financial results. All costs associated with the Business Combination were expensed as incurred. InterMetro was originally incorporated as Lucy’s Café, Inc. in the State of Nevada on October 30, 2000. Lucy’s Cafe ceased operations in the fall of 2004 and was inactive until consummating the Business Combination with InterMetro Delaware on December 29, 2006.
General
We have built a national, private, proprietary voice-over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, network infrastructure offering an alternative to traditional long distance network providers. We use our network infrastructure to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other communications companies and end users. Our VoIP network utilizes proprietary software, configurations and processes, advanced Internet Protocol, or IP, switching equipment and fiber-optic lines to deliver carrier-quality VoIP services that can be substituted transparently for traditional long distance services. We believe VoIP technology is generally more cost efficient than the circuit-based technologies predominantly used in existing long distance networks and is easier to integrate with enhanced IP communications services such as web-enabled phone call dialing, unified messaging and video conferencing services.
We focus on providing the national transport component of voice services over our private VoIP infrastructure. This entails connecting phone calls of carriers or end users, such as wireless subscribers, residential customers and broadband phone users, in one metropolitan market to carriers or end users in a second metropolitan market by carrying them over our VoIP infrastructure. We compress and dynamically route the phone calls on our network allowing us to carry up to approximately eight times the number of calls carried by a traditional long distance company over an equivalent amount of bandwidth. In addition, we believe our VoIP equipment costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain. Our proprietary network configuration enables us to quickly, without modifying the existing network, add equipment that increases our geographic coverage and calling capacity.
During 2006, we enhanced our network’s functionality by implementing Signaling System 7, or SS-7, technology. SS-7 allows access to customers of the local telephone companies, as well as customers of wireless carriers. SS-7 is the established industry standard for reliable call completion, and it also provides interoperability between our VoIP infrastructure and traditional telephone company networks.
For the quarter ended September 30, 2005, which was the last quarter prior to the initiation of our SS-7 network expansion, we had gross margin of approximately 30.0%. As part of the network expansion which began in December 2005, we began purchasing additional network capacity on a fixed-cost and monthly recurring basis. These costs, along with other expenses related to the expansion, such as certain nonrecurring costs for installing these services, are included in our total network expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006. However, we did not begin selling services utilizing the network expansion until the quarter ended June 30, 2006. The increase in network costs without a corresponding increase in revenues was a significant factor in reducing our gross margin to (8.9)% for the year ended December 31, 2006. While we expect to continue to add to capacity, as of September 30, 2006, the SS-7 network expansion was a fully operating and revenue generating component of our VoIP infrastructure. We believe that increasing voice minutes utilizing our network expansion will ultimately generate gross margins approximating those generated prior to the network expansion. A key aspect of our current business strategy is to focus on sales to increase these voice minutes.
We currently estimate that this expansion will allow us to provide approximately 10.2 billion minutes of additional voice services per year on our VoIP infrastructure, based on 60% utilization of the equipment we have connected via dedicated circuits to switches operated by local exchange carriers.
39
Historically, VoIP services have been hampered by poor sound quality and by lack of interoperability with traditional circuit-based phone devices. Our private, managed network design, as opposed to use of the unmanaged public Internet, gives us a high level of control of sound quality and we have designed internal software that provides access to our infrastructure from traditional phone devices. Our network services allow our customers to reduce costs while taking advantage of access to useful information about their voice traffic and can be easily accessed with both traditional phone devices and new IP-based devices, such as broadband IP phones, IP videophones and wireless IP phones.
Our VoIP infrastructure delivers significant benefits to our customers, including:
· increasing the margins earned from existing retail voice services or reducing the costs of using voice services;
· improving customer service through access to real-time information about network performance and billing;
· reducing the administrative burden of managing end users for our carrier customers;
· increasing the investment return on customer owned traditional circuit-based equipment; and
· enabling the creation of value-added enhanced voice services.
Our goal is to displace the incumbent long distance carriers as the presumed choice for voice transport services. We also intend to become a significant provider of VoIP infrastructure services for traditional phone companies and wireless carriers, as well as new high growth entrants in the consumer voice services market such as broadband phone companies and cable operators. We also package our VoIP services into calling cards and prepaid services. We have developed plug-and-play technology designed to enable IP devices, such as broadband phones and videophones, to be plugged directly into end users’ broadband internet routers, allowing for instant use of our services without having to configure the device or install any software to interoperate with our network. We expect to begin selling services based on this technology within the next 12 months. We sell our services through our direct sales force and independent sales agents. Our calling cards and prepaid services are primarily sold by our retail distribution partners.
Along with our voice transport services, we have developed proprietary technologies that combine Internet based software with voice services, effectively allowing end users to control our VoIP infrastructure through web-based interfaces. One example is our proprietary conferencing application which can be used to start a conference call on our network instantly from any web-enabled computer or device. Our network has been specifically designed to give software developers and retail phone companies a platform to create new enhanced voice services like our conferencing application, which we expect will drive significant additional voice traffic to our network.
Material Acquisitions, Private Placements of Securities and Agreements
Private Placement of Securities - January/February 2006. In January and February 2006, we raised capital through the issuances of $575,000 of Series A convertible notes and $1.0 million of Series B preferred stock, respectively.
Acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. In March 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”), a switchless reseller of wholesale long-distance services, for a combination of stock and cash. ATI was acquired to increase our customer base, to add minutes to our network and to access new sales channels. The initial purchase price included 308,079 shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the Business Combination, a promissory note payable of $250,000 to be paid over the six-month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital of $150,000. The amount of common stock consideration paid to the selling shareholder of ATI is subject (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof at our option) to an adjustment if our common stock does not reach a minimum price of $4.87 per share during the two years following the closing date. The value of this guarantee has been included in our determination of the purchase price of the ATI acquisition. ATI’s selling shareholder may earn an additional 308,079 shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the Business Combination, and additional cash amounts during the two-year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability.
Cantata Technology Agreement. In May 2006, we entered into a strategic agreement with Cantata Technology, Inc., or Cantata, formerly known as Excel Switching Corporation, a leading provider of VoIP equipment and support services. We plan to significantly expand our VoIP network using Cantata’s latest, state of the art VoIP equipment, which we believe will increase the functionality and efficiency of our VoIP infrastructure. The terms of the strategic agreement allow us to apply more of our existing current financial resources to the expansion of our sales and operations. Furthermore, we expect Cantata’s equipment to enable us to better integrate, with cost advantages, industry standard SS-7 functionality and reliability with the unique enhanced services capabilities of our VoIP infrastructure. Among other benefits, the agreement provides us preferential pricing and rights to test and deploy newly developed technologies.
Private Placement of Securities - December 2006. In December 2006, InterMetro entered into a placement agent agreement with Hunter World Markets, Inc. as placement agent, pursuant to which Hunter World Markets, Inc. raised $10,235,000 of capital for us through the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of shares of our common stock for $1.00 per share. We agreed to file registration statements to register these shares, certain shares of our common stock which were outstanding prior to the Business Combination (“Existing Shares”), and the shares underlying warrants issued to the placement agent and its affiliates for resale. We agreed to use our best efforts to have (i) the registration statement for the shares (the “Initial Registration Statement”) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) the registration statement for the Existing Shares and the shares underlying the warrants issued to the placement agent and its affiliates filed within six (6) months after the Initial Registration Statement is filed, and declared effective within 120 days thereafter. If we fail to achieve effectiveness within the prescribed periods, or maintain effectiveness, subject to certain exceptions, we will be liable to the holders for liquidated damages in the amount of 1% of the purchase price per month. On May 10, 2007, the Initial Registration Statement on Form SB-2 was declared effective by the SEC.
40
Industry Background
The U.S. Telecommunications Industry
VoIP service is primarily a substitute or an enhancement to traditional voice services offered by existing telecommunications service providers. The overall telecommunications industry represents one of the largest service markets in the U.S. with sales of approximately $297.9 billion in 2005 according to Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, reports. The market is divided into three industry segments with local services representing approximately $122.6 billion in sales in 2005, long distance services representing an estimated $66.5 billion and wireless voice services representing approximately $108.8 billion. The industry can also be broken into retail and wholesale segments, with the retail market, which includes residential and business end users, totaling $235.5 billion in sales in 2005 and the wholesale segment, which is comprised of carrier to carrier sales, totaling $62.4 billion.
The telecommunications market has been traditionally served by circuit-switched landline local and long distance phone companies and various wireless carriers. However, competition to provide voice services, particularly for retail residential and business customers, has increased significantly due to new entrants in the market including VoIP providers, cable television companies, competitive local exchange carriers, Internet service providers, or ISPs, and wireless IP-based service providers.
In addition, the sale of voice services packaged as calling cards and flat rate subscription services has allowed operators of various retail distribution channels to become participants in the market, such as retail store chains and Internet marketing companies who sell private label voice services. The entry of these competitors has been facilitated in part by the introduction of new technologies such as VoIP.
Overview of Voice over Internet Protocol
VoIP is a developing alternative technology to the circuit-based switched networks that have been used by large telecommunications companies to transport voice calls for the last several decades. Traditional circuit- switched voice calls carried over the public switched telephone network, or PSTN, utilize a fixed, direct connection between the end users. This direct connection typically requires a fixed amount of network capacity, a 64 kilobits per second, or kbps, circuit, which remains completely dedicated between the participants of a voice call. The circuit is dedicated bandwidth and cannot be used for any other purpose while the call is in process, explaining why dial-up Internet subscribers cannot use their phone lines while they are connected to their ISP.
VoIP technology enables voice and data services to be provided simultaneously over an IP network using technologies that digitize voice calls into discrete IP packets. These IP packets are carried across the network and then reassembled into a voice stream that is delivered to the receiving party. IP voice packets can be carried simultaneously with IP packets containing data information and IP packets from a single call can travel over different networks, meeting up to be reassembled into the original voice stream. Also, a voice stream that starts at one end of the network can be compressed so that it requires much less than the 64 kbps of capacity needed for a circuit-based call. Compression is accomplished by eliminating most of the IP packets that are created when digitizing a voice stream, leaving just enough IP packets so that a computer can recreate the sound that was initially digitized. Current compression technology typically provides for up to eight calls to be carried over a single 64 kbps circuit.
IP packets can be carried over any IP-based network, allowing data networks such as the public Internet to be used as a transport infrastructure for voice services. However, the process of reassembling IP packets into high quality voice streams is sensitive to a delay in IP packets reaching the termination point. The Internet is an unmanaged data network, and in the cases of transporting IP packets across large distances and many individual pieces of networking equipment, losses or delays of IP packets may occur, degrading the sound quality of voice streams. This limitation has driven the technology to be implemented by companies who focus on local phone calling services, where the short distances can be adequately handled by public Internet transport and by companies that manage their own secure national private IP networks.
41
VoIP technology allows operators of newly enabled IP networks, such as cable companies that have modified their networks to provide Internet service, to begin offering voice services to their customers or for new broadband phone companies to deliver voice services over a end user’s existing Internet service. The technology also allows operators of national IP networks to carry voice services across their infrastructure to replace the need for traditional long distance service.
VoIP Market Opportunity
VoIP service currently represents a fraction of the overall market for communications services with estimated sales of $1.3 billion in 2004, according to Infonetics Research. Infonetics expects revenue to reach $19.9 billion by 2009. Worldwide next generation voice equipment revenue reached a new high in 2005, topping $2.5 billion, a 50% jump over 2004, and is projected to increase 145%, reaching $6.2 billion in 2009, according to Infonetics Research’s latest Service Provider Next Gen Voice and IMS Equipment report. A total of $21 billion is expected to be spent on next generation voice equipment worldwide during the five-year period between 2005 and 2009.
According to Infonetics Research, there were 4.3 million VoIP subscribers in North America in 2005, expected to grow by 800% to almost 39.0 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 73%. Furthermore, a number of other independent research firms expect the VoIP market in the U.S. to expand dramatically from its current size. For example, Forrester Research expects VoIP households to grow from 0.9 million to 11.5 million from 2004-2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 66%.
We believe that VoIP technology will eventually replace the existing circuit-based U.S. phone infrastructure. Factors driving this transition to VoIP technology include:
· More efficient use of physical network capacity. VoIP technology enables voice and data services to be provided simultaneously over an IP network. Voice streams sent over an IP network can be compressed, requiring significantly less bandwidth than the 64 kbps of bandwidth needed for a circuit-based call;
· Lower operating and maintenance costs. Equipment used to provide VoIP services costs significantly less than traditional long distance equipment and is less expensive to operate and maintain. VoIP network equipment requires fewer personnel, smaller facilities and lower electricity usage;
· Greater features and functionality. IP technology enables more information to be collected and used. This allows us to provide unique services such as real-time network information for network management and customer service; and
· Easier integration with software and web-based applications. Because VoIP technology is standards-based it allows software and web-based applications to be easily integrated. VoIP service providers are able to offer a low cost solution for voice transport needs with value-added enhancements not available with traditional circuit-based technology. VoIP solutions are a substitute for traditional voice transport services for carriers that purchase long distance to incorporate into their product offerings. These carriers are typically in highly competitive markets for end users of voice services and are searching for cost and functionality advantages. Carrier customers who can benefit from high quality VoIP include:
· traditional carriers selling directly to consumers;
· local exchange carriers selling long distance to their end users;
· wireless carriers who provide long distance service to their end users;
· broadband VoIP providers offering cable modem or DSL voice service; and
· prepaid carriers that package long distance into their calling card products.
In addition, carriers burdened with payments for their committed legacy networks and who are unwilling to allocate capital to build out networks using IP technology can gain VoIP benefits by sending a portion of their traffic over a third-party VoIP service provider network.
Another significant driver of adoption of VoIP is broadband penetration. With the proliferation of the Internet, e-commerce and increasingly bandwidth intensive applications, broadband access has increased significantly. Nielsen/NetRatings reported there were 120.8 million people with broadband access as of August 2005, representing a penetration rate of 42%. This compares with a penetration of 36% or 103.8 million people with broadband access in January 2005. Nielsen/NetRatings research also found in August 2005 that more than 60% of Americans who used the Internet did so using a broadband connection, an increase from 51% one year earlier. The continued emergence of alternative broadband access technologies, such as fiber-to-the-home, WiFi/WiMax, and broadband over power lines, is expected to continue to drive growth in demand for VoIP.
42
We believe the market for high quality broadband IP phones and videophones is still in its early stages of adoption by consumers. Utilization of these broadband IP devices is expected to increase as broadband connectivity continues to become more available and less expensive and as a result of the increased breadth of features available to end users. In addition, the emergence of user-friendly plug-in devices that require no additional hardware or software will also fuel growth. Unlike traditional telephones which can plug into and operate through any available analog jack and through different service providers, broadband IP phones and videophones are programmed to work over a specific network.
VoIP providers utilize various business models in terms of their network facilities, geographic presence, services offered and target customers. Providers will generally pursue one of two network deployment strategies: (i) owned-network and (ii) non-owned-network. We are an owned-network provider and limit the use of the public Internet to provide our VoIP services.
VoIP technology has been available for a relatively limited time as a substitute for circuit-based switches. Companies implementing VoIP in a scalable configuration face significant challenges in delivering a high quality service. Both the equipment and software for VoIP are difficult to implement and configuring the necessary components takes significant expertise. Most VoIP companies deliver less than carrier-grade quality of service because they do not have knowledge in the broad range of areas required to provide a scalable IP-based voice service. Also, many VoIP transport providers utilize the public Internet, rather than a private network, to carry their IP data. Using the public Internet for transport allows for fast deployment and low entry costs, but the design of the Internet makes it a poor transmission medium for low latency applications such as VoIP.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe our highly flexible, scalable and secure VoIP infrastructure delivers the cost and functionality benefits of VoIP technology to our customers. Since inception, we have built our network on VoIP technology and do not have to make investments to upgrade from less efficient circuit-based technology used by many traditional carriers. We believe our VoIP network is robust and efficient, based on redundancies in equipment and network transmission paths, and utilizes some of the most advanced VoIP technology available.
We help our carrier customers increase their margins by lowering the cost of their wholesale voice transport usage, which enhances the economic value to them of their existing end users. We help our retail customers access lower cost VoIP-based solutions for their communications service needs by making our services accessible through their existing residential and wireless phones. We intend to continue investing in our VoIP infrastructure to improve and expand our existing service offerings and to address the constantly evolving needs of voice transport customers.
Our competitive strengths include:
· State-of-the-art private VoIP infrastructure. We built our VoIP infrastructure from advanced IP technology. We are not burdened by some of the constraints commonly faced by traditional telecommunications companies that use circuit-based equipment. Legacy equipment is more difficult to combine with the latest add-on voice services and network transport technology because it typically uses proprietary embedded call control systems. We operate and maintain our VoIP technology with significantly less personnel and lower operating costs than switch-based technology achieving comparable capacity.
· Cost-efficient IP-based voice services. We believe our VoIP technology provides significant cost savings due to compression and routing efficiencies. In addition, we save money by using equipment that requires little space and significantly reduced electricity costs versus older circuit-switched equipment. Our management team has extensive experience in negotiating pricing and contract terms for these types of products and services. We pass a significant portion of our cost savings on to our customers to help drive sales growth.
· Experience marketing VoIP services. Our seasoned management team has significant experience with wireline and wireless telecommunications and experience with IP-based communications. Our knowledge of the VoIP industry, including familiarity with the hardware, software and vendors, allows us to advise potential customers on how to incorporate the technology to increase profitability and increase customer reach. Members of our management team have marketed VoIP services to a wide range of customers and have been instrumental in developing new products to meet individual customer demands.
· Product flexibility and speed of deployment. We believe our private network equipment provides a high level of integration between the installation of voice services and billing and customer care functions. We believe our VoIP technology software, specifically developed to facilitate the sharing of data across different systems, allows us to create and deploy new products more quickly than traditional communications companies. We also utilize our VoIP infrastructure to tailor retail products to the individual needs of our retail distribution partners.
43
· Strong engineering team with experience in both voice and data networking. Our engineering team is comprised of individuals with backgrounds in networking, software development, database administration and telecommunications installations. We believe that our engineering team is among the most experienced in understanding VoIP services and the related software applications. Members of our engineering team have successfully deployed leading-edge technology in prior businesses, including the build-outs of both a national web hosting service and a large IP-based voice service network.
Our Business Strategy
Our goal is to apply our technical and operational expertise with VoIP services to become a significant provider of VoIP infrastructure services to carriers and retail customers. We plan to expand our existing network to become one of the largest, most functionally secure private VoIP platforms in the market, allowing us to deliver the highest quality and most innovative voice transport services. To achieve this goal, we plan to:
· Enhance and expand our network technology. We plan to continue to enhance our VoIP infrastructure by incorporating the latest generation of equipment and developing new software that will increase the capacity and functionality of our network. We also plan to improve the functionality of our customer service systems and our reporting and network management tools to provide greater control and efficiency for our carrier customers. We continue to add signaling protocol, such as SS-7, to our VoIP infrastructure, which provides additional functionality and greater network coverage. We also plan to expand the number of our VoIP switches.
· Expand to new geographic markets. Expanding into new geographic markets provides access to new carrier and retail customers and increased revenues from existing customers. Also, the closer we can bring IP streams to additional geographic destinations before converting the streams back into traditional voice and fax calls, the lower our network costs.
· Add to our sales force and increase our marketing efforts. We plan to grow our direct sales force in order to reach a greater number of potential customers.
· Grow through acquisitions. We plan to continue to acquire businesses whose primary cost component is voice services or whose technologies expand or enhance our VoIP expertise.
· Launch our broadband IP device services. We have developed technology that allows IP devices to interoperate with our network. The market for high quality broadband IP phones and video phones is in its growth stage of consumer adoption. We intend to utilize relationships with existing retail distribution partners to address this opportunity.
Our Service Offerings
We use our network backbone to deliver voice calling services to traditional long distance carriers, broadband phone companies, VoIP service providers, wireless providers, other communications companies and end users.
Carrier Services. Carrier services consist of origination and termination services. Such services are provided over our VoIP network constructed as a nationwide system of regional IP nodes known as points-of-presence, or PoPs, connected by a fiber-optic backbone and other bandwidth segments utilizing a secure packet technology called asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM. Our PoPs are typically located in major metropolitan cities and allow us to connect to a majority of the personal and business telephones within a metropolitan geographic region.
Because the network is based on IP technology, the network enables a significant amount of information to be passed to our customers. This allows us to differentiate our service from traditional wholesale voice providers by providing unique real-time information along with enhanced voice services. Important uses for this functionality include the ability to quickly identify misuse or fraud that is occurring with a customer’s user base or to react more quickly to marketing opportunities based on identifiable trends in traffic patterns.
We believe our services offer our carrier customers a competitive advantage by:
· providing an alternative to the large traditional network service providers that have influenced price and service levels;
· increasing margins transparently by reducing direct network costs while maintaining or improving the quality of service received by their end users;
· providing access to our VoIP infrastructure without altering the physical connection process to a voice network and without any required investment in new equipment or software; and
· providing new functionality to reduce the cost of customer care and improve fraud detection.
44
Retail Services. Our retail VoIP services are sold to consumers and distributed in the form of calling cards or through the distribution of personal identification numbers, or PINs. Our retail services integrate the installation of voice services with billing and customer care functionality and voice and data applications such as on-demand conferencing and find-me/follow-me service. We primarily distribute our services through retail distribution partners who keep a portion of the retail revenue. We have created an automated system for activating and recharging our retail products. We believe our automation significantly lowers costs for retail distribution partners. For example, our automated PIN generating system replaces the need for point of sale terminals which charge per sale transaction fees and require initial integration and software setup.
Our VoIP network is highly flexible and allows our retail distribution partners to design voice products that fit the needs of their underlying end users. Our VoIP network allows our retail distribution partners to take advantage of their brand name recognition and customer loyalty.
We believe our services offer end users and retail distribution partners attractive solutions by:
· allowing for delivery of “ready-to-shelf” customized voice service products tailored specifically to our retail distribution partners’ end user demographics; and
· providing access to our VoIP network allowing retail customers to use their existing telephones with no requirement to purchase new equipment or software and without the need for broadband access.
IP Devices. We expect to enter into arrangements with one or more distribution partners under which they would sell plug-and-play product devices which do not require additional software. These devices would be purchased from manufacturers and would be configured to work exclusively with our network. We have developed three IP devices — the Broadband MetroFone, the VideoLine MetroFone, and the DialLine MetroFone. We do not currently generate any revenue from these products.
· Broadband MetroFone. The Broadband MetroFone looks and operates like a traditional phone but will use a customer’s broadband internet connection and our network to complete calls as compared to traditional phone calls which travel over low bandwidth copper line networks.
· VideoLine MetroFone. The VideoLine MetroFone operates in the same manner as the Broadband MetroFone but has the additional capability of sending and receiving real-time television quality video between any of our videophones.
· DialLine MetroFone. The DialLine MetroFone is an IP device, which connects between a retail customer’s phone and wall jack and automatically connects a retail customer with our network.
Web-Services. We are in the process of developing a web-service offering. Web-services allow voice to be embedded in applications so that end users can move seamlessly between voice and data communications streams.
Technology and Network Infrastructure
Our state-of-the-art proprietary VoIP network is comprised of three basic components: switching equipment, software and network facilities. Our VoIP switching equipment is manufactured by leading telecommunications industry equipment manufacturers, and enables us to manage voice and data traffic and the associated billing information. Our software applications, including both third party software and internally developed proprietary software, allow for web-based control of our VoIP switching platform and access to data gathered by our VoIP switches. We and our customers utilize this advanced functionality to monitor network performance, capacity utilization and traffic patterns, among other metrics, in real-time. Our IP-based core network facilities provide an efficient physical transport layer for voice and data traffic, and are supplemented by other carriers’ networks to provide extensive domestic and international coverage.
The geographic markets serviced by our VoIP infrastructure are connected by leased fiber lines and private IP circuits. In many geographic markets we have leased collocation facilities where we have installed our ATM/MPLS switching equipment which is used to interconnect these fiber lines and IP circuits. This equipment interconnects to the fiber lines running between markets in the network and our VoIP gateway equipment. The VoIP gateway equipment performs analog-to-digital conversion and compression of IP voice. The network is designed to be redundant and self-healing, so that isolated events do not disrupt overall service. Our proprietary software and hardware configuration enables us to quickly, without modifying the existing network, add equipment that increases our geographic coverage and calling capacity.
Our network switching system is configured to connect to carrier customers by connecting their switches with ours via traditional circuit-switched connections or, increasingly, through private and public IP connections. We also connect to local exchange carriers through traditional circuit-switched connections so that retail customers can gain access to our services through their existing telephones and telecommunications devices.
We believe that our competitive advantage includes the ability to incorporate software applications into our VoIP network. This allows us to provide enhanced functionality and customer service tools. Our VoIP switching system has an application programming interface to allow for the creation of software application tools to create the enhanced control and functionality features. Our engineering team has extensive experience in implementing value-added applications that allow for greater flexibility in creating services and greater control over network efficiencies and costs. We have developed technology to provide control of the network and access to network utilization data to us and to our customers. Customers can access their own customer service web interfaces that can be used for operations, such as rate modification, customer activation and deactivation, fraud/abuse detection and capacity utilization, among other services. Customers can also utilize the interfaces to control costs by managing traffic flow to their various network vendors, allowing them to least cost route in the same way as large telecommunications companies.
45
In the fall of 2005, we began to develop and implement technology to connect our network directly to local telephone companies and wireless networks in the major metropolitan markets that we serve through the addition of SS-7 capabilities to our VoIP infrastructure. SS-7 technology allows direct access to customers of local telephone companies. Prior to the SS-7 implementation, we primarily connected to competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, in each metropolitan market which in turn connected to the local telephone company in that market.
The combination of SS-7 technology and direct local telephone company interconnections allows us to offer additional services to our customers and we believe makes it easier for potential customers that use long distance companies to transition their voice traffic to our VoIP network. The SS-7 technology also allows us to offer an increased number of services and enhances our ability to develop new services. We began connecting to the local telephone company networks through the purchase of a significant amount of recurring fixed-cost network interconnection capacity in late 2005 in anticipation of future growth. In March 2006, we began utilizing the SS-7 connections to provide services.
Sales and Marketing
Carrier Services Sales Strategy. We employ a direct sales approach for carrier sales, which is led by experienced sales professionals with detailed knowledge of the carrier industry. We provide product knowledge, product application consulting, pricing, delivery, and performance information to potential customers so that they are able to help us design services that meet their needs. As we expect to expand the resources of our sales department, sales professionals will be increasingly focused on customer, channel, and geographic levels that are intended to allow us to manage the sales cycle more efficiently. We currently target traditional purchasers of wholesale voice transport services including: inter-exchange carriers, international-based carriers sending voice calls to the U.S., wireless carriers, prepaid service providers, internet-based voice service providers, such as broadband phone companies and cable companies.
We complement our direct sales force with an agent-based sales channel. Through the use of sales agents we reach a larger universe of potential customers. The agent community in the telecommunication industry is large and well-established. A typical agent promotes solutions from a variety of service providers into the carrier buying community. Agents act as telecommunications consultants to the customer, create long-term relationships and develop contacts within organizations. A key role of the agent is to advise the customer of various providers’ offerings.
Retail Services Sales Strategy. We package our VoIP services into calling card and other prepaid services and PIN products sold to retail customers of voice services. These VoIP services are sold through retail distribution partners, including general merchandise and discount retail chains, and do not require distributors to invest in any new technology or to understand the underlying technologies required to service and bill voice products. We enter into agreements with our retail distribution partners that define the terms under which they sell our services.
We design specific products for each retail distribution partner to improve adoption of our services and to improve their profitability. Retail distributors of our VoIP services collect the revenue from the sale of our products and pass on a majority of the cash collected, holding back a portion of the revenue as their compensation for providing distribution services. We seek innovative ways to expand the scope of our distribution channels and enhance our ability to identify and retain distribution partners. In addition, we also intend to cross-sell services through existing retail distribution partners.
Marketing Overview. We create brand awareness and lead generation through our presence at key trade shows, targeted mailings to specific industry carrier lists and buyers and trade magazine advertising. Additionally, we maintain a web site presence and make available collateral describing our services and business.
Competition
Carrier Services. When selling to carrier customers, we primarily compete with other carriers, including Verizon, Qwest and Global Crossing. We also compete with a number of smaller IP-based providers that focus either on a specific product or set of products or within a geographic region. We compete primarily on the basis of transmission quality, network reliability, price and customer service and support.
46
Retail Services. We compete for retail distribution partners against long distance providers including AT&T, MCI, Sprint and IDT who provide calling cards and prepaid services. Retail distributors purchase these products based on price and private label customization.
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property is an important element of our business, but we believe that our competitive advantage depends primarily on the experience of our management team and the knowledge and skill of our engineering and technology staff. Our management team and technical staff periodically review our technological developments to identify core technology that provides us with a competitive advantage. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws both domestically and internationally and confidentiality procedures to protect our intellectual property rights. Further, our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, copyrights, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those matters. Our standard form agreements for carrier customers and retail distribution partners also contain provisions designed to protect our intellectual property rights.
We are the owners of one patent and two patent applications filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. One of our patent applications has been published and relates to the technology which combines instant messenger services with voice services. The other application has not yet been published and therefore remains confidential and, to that extent, we treat the application as trade secrets. We are working with legal counsel to make all necessary filings to advance the examination of our two patent applications.
We are the owner of numerous trademarks and service marks for telecommunication services, phone cards, computer software, computer hardware, and telephone sets and have applied for registration of our trademarks and service marks to establish and protect our brand names as part of our intellectual property strategy.
In addition, we have non-exclusive license agreements with respect to technology and related databases from third parties related to the operations of our VoIP platform and the provision of certain service features. We believe our licenses will be renewable or replaceable on commercially reasonable terms.
Governmental Regulation
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, and orders affecting the rates, terms, and conditions of certain service and product offerings, costs, and other aspects of operations, including relations with other service providers. Regulation varies in each jurisdiction and may change in response to judicial proceedings, legislative and administrative proposals, government policies, competition, and technological developments.
The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has jurisdiction over our facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of interstate or international communications services. State regulatory commissions, commonly referred to as public service commissions or public utilities commissions, or PSCs or PUCs, generally have jurisdiction over facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of intrastate services. Local governments may assert authority to regulate aspects of our business through zoning requirements, permit or right-of-way procedures, taxation and franchise requirements. Foreign laws and regulations apply to communications that originate or terminate in a foreign country. Generally, the FCC and PSCs have not regulated Internet, video conferencing, or certain data services, although the underlying communications components of such offerings may be regulated. Our operations also are subject to various environmental, building, safety, health, and other governmental laws and regulations.
Federal law generally preempts any inconsistent state or local statutes and regulations that restrict the provision of competitive local, long distance and information services. Consequently, we are generally free to provide a broad range of communications services in every state. While this federal preemption greatly increases our potential for growth, it also increases the amount of competition to which we may be subject. It is also possible, despite the general federal preemption, that state or local regulatory agencies will assert jurisdiction over our services.
IP-based enhanced voice services are currently exempt from the reporting and pricing restrictions placed on common carriers by the FCC. However, there are several state and federal regulatory proceedings further defining what specific service offerings qualify for this exemption. Due to the growing acceptance and deployment of VoIP services, the FCC and a number of state PSCs are conducting regulatory proceedings that could affect the regulatory duties and rights of entities that provide IP-based voice applications. There is regulatory uncertainty as to the imposition of access charges, which are used to compensate local exchange carriers to originate or terminate calls, and other taxes, fees and surcharges on VoIP services, including those that use the public switched telephone network. There is regulatory uncertainty as to the imposition of traditional retail, common carrier regulation on VoIP products and services.
47
The use of the public Internet and private Internet protocol networks to provide voice communications services, including VoIP, is a relatively recent market development. The provision of such services is largely unregulated within the U.S. There are, however, several pending FCC proceedings that will likely affect the regulatory status of Internet telephony and other IP-enabled services. Principal among them is an IP-Enabled Services rulemaking instituted on February 12, 2004, which will examine numerous regulatory issues relating to VoIP. The FCC also has several pending declaratory rulings regarding the regulatory classification of certain IP-enabled services or arrangements. We cannot predict when the FCC may take action in these proceedings, or what action the FCC will take. Any of these proceedings could have an adverse impact on our business.
The concept of net neutrality asserts that network operators should not be allowed to charge content or application providers extra for faster delivery or other preferential treatment. On August 5, 2005, the FCC adopted a policy statement setting forth the following net neutrality guidelines: (1) consumers are entitled to access the lawful Internet content of their choice; (2) consumers are entitled to run applications and use services of their choice, subject to the needs of law enforcement; (3) consumers are entitled to connect their choice of legal devices that do not harm the network; and (4) consumers are entitled to competition among network providers, application and service providers, and content providers. Although the policy statement is not legally binding, it does set forth the FCC’s current view on net neutrality. On March 22, 2007, the FCC announced that it will issue a Notice of Inquiry to examine further the practices of broadband network providers and whether the policy statement should incorporate a new principle of nondiscrimination. Notwithstanding its earlier stated policy statement, the FCC could reverse its position or decide not to implement the policy in its on-going regulatory proceedings. Further, federal legislation may also address net neutrality in a manner that requires, permits or disallows the FCC to implement its stated net neutrality policy. Such legislation could also require the FCC to modify its policy in whole or in part. Because some of our VoIP products and services utilize the networks of third parties, regulation and potential legislation concerning net neutrality could impact our business. Further, some of our carrier customers rely, in part, on the enforcement of net neutrality principles in order to offer their VoIP services. If our carrier customers are adversely impacted by legislative or regulatory action concerning net neutrality, it could also adversely impact us.
On May 19, 2005, the FCC issued an order requiring interconnected VoIP service providers to provide Enhanced 911 capabilities to their subscribers. The FCC issued another order on August 5, 2005 requiring interconnected IP-based voice service providers and network providers to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (“CALEA”), which establishes federal requirements for wiretapping and other electronic surveillance capabilities. This order was upheld by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit on June 9, 2006. The new requirements are scheduled to take effect on May 14, 2007. Although we intend to comply with CALEA, we may be required to expend significant resources to do so. If we do not comply with CALEA, the FCC may subject us to fines and penalties. Additionally, we were required to submit a CALEA Monitoring Report on February 12, 2007 and a CALEA Systems Security Plan on March 12, 2007, however, the reports were not timely filed with the FCC. The FCC may subject us to fines and penalties if we fail to file the reports or because we were late in filing the reports with the FCC.
The FCC is also considering several petitions filed by individual companies concerning the rights and obligations of providers of IP-based voice services, and networks that handle IP-based voice traffic or that exchange that traffic with operators of Public Switched Telephone Network, or PSTN, facilities.
On October 18, 2002, AT&T Corporation filed a petition with the FCC requesting a declaratory ruling that calls that originate and terminate on the PSTN, but which may be converted into IP during some part of the transmission, are exempt from access charges under existing FCC rules. On April 21, 2004, the FCC rejected AT&T’s Petition, stating that the calls described by AT&T were telecommunications services subject to access charges under existing FCC rules. In addition, on June 30, 2006, the FCC released a declaratory ruling concluding that certain prepaid calling card service providers are telecommunications service providers and must pay access charges and contribute to the Universal Service Fund.
On September 22, 2003, Vonage Holdings Corporation, or Vonage, filed a petition with the FCC requesting a declaratory ruling that its voice communications offerings, which generally originate on a broadband network in IP format and terminate on the PSTN, or vice versa, are interstate information services not subject to state regulation under the federal Communications Act and existing FCC rules. On November 10, 2004, the FCC adopted an order ruling that Vonage’s service was an interstate service not subject to state regulation. The FCC did not rule whether the service was a telecommunications service or an information service under the Communications Act. Appeals were filed in a number of circuits and were consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, which upheld the FCC’s presumption order on March 21, 2007.
State PSCs are also conducting regulatory proceedings that could impact our rights and obligations with respect to IP-based voice applications. Previously, the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission, or the MPUC, ruled that Vonage’s DigitalVoice service was a telephone service under state law, and ordered Vonage to obtain state certification, file tariffs, and comply with 911 requirements before continuing to offer the service in the state. Vonage filed a request in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota to enjoin the MPUC’s decision. On October 16, 2003, a federal judge granted Vonage’s request for an injunction, concluding that Vonage provides an information service immune from state regulation and thereby barring the MPUC from enforcing its decision. On December 22, 2004, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision on the basis of the FCC’s determination that Vonage’s service was interstate and noted that the MPUC would be free to challenge the injunction if it or another party prevailed on an appeal of the FCC’s Vonage order.
48
The California Public Utilities Commission, or the CPUC, on February 11, 2004, initiated a rulemaking about the appropriate regulatory framework to govern VoIP. Among the issues the CPUC may consider is whether VoIP is subject to CPUC’s regulatory authority, including whether VoIP providers should be required to contribute to state universal service programs, whether VoIP providers should be required to pay intrastate access charges, whether VoIP should be subject to basic consumer protection rules, and whether exempting VoIP providers from requirements applicable to traditional voice providers would create unfair competitive advantages for VoIP providers.
Proceedings and petitions relating to IP-based voice applications are also under consideration in a number of other states, including but not limited to Alabama, Kansas, New York, North Dakota, Missouri, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin.
We cannot predict the outcome of any of these petitions and regulatory proceedings or any similar petitions and regulatory proceedings pending before the FCC or state public utility commissions. Moreover, we cannot predict how their outcomes may affect our operations or whether the FCC or state public utility commissions will impose additional requirements, regulations or charges upon our provision of IP communications services.
The Communications Act of 1934 requires that every telecommunications carrier contribute, on an equitable and non-discriminatory basis, to federal universal service mechanisms established by the FCC, and the FCC also requires providers of non-common carrier telecommunications to contribute to universal service, subject to some exclusions and limitations. At present, these contributions are calculated based on contributors’ interstate and international revenue derived from U.S. end users for telecommunications or telecommunications services, as those terms are defined under FCC regulations. The FCC invited public comment on how to further reform the manner in which the FCC assesses carrier contributions to the universal service fund including the standing of VoIP service providers in regards to the universal service fund mechanism. On June 27, 2006, the FCC released an order adopting interim modifications to its universal service rules to require providers of interconnected VoIP services to contribute to the Universal Service Fund. This order has been appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, which appeal remains pending. We are unable to predict whether the FCC’s interim rules will be upheld on appeal or made permanent, or if they will be subject to further reconsideration or review nor the cumulative effect of these rule changes on our business.
Changes or uncertainties in the regulations applicable to our business and the communications industry may negatively affect our business. If regulatory approvals become a requirement, delays in receiving required regulatory approvals may result in higher costs and lower revenues. Further, changes in communications, trade, monetary, fiscal and tax policies in the U.S. may negatively impact our results of operations.
Employees
As of November 30, 2007, we had 43 employees, all of whom were full time and located in the United States. We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.
Properties
Our principal executive office is located in Simi Valley, California, where we lease a facility with 18,674 square feet of space for approximately $20,608 per month under a lease that expires in March 2009. We believe that our space will be adequate for our needs and that suitable additional or substitute space in the future will be available to accommodate the foreseeable expansion of our operations. We also lease collocation space for our VoIP equipment in carrier class telecommunications facilities in major metropolitan markets throughout the U.S. and expect to add additional collocation facilities as we expand our VoIP network.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we may be involved in litigation of claims relating to disputes of the cost and quality of services provided by our network component vendors and providers of general and administrative services. We may also be involved with litigation of claims of alleged infringement, misuse or misappropriation of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the normal course of business, we may also be subject to claims arising out of our operations, and may file collection claims against delinquent customers. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on us.
On April 30, 2007, we filed a complaint and motion for preliminary injunction against KMC Data, LLC and Hypercube, LLC (“KMC”) in Federal District Court in the State of California asserting that KMC’s tariffed charges are unlawful and are not applicable to us. KMC is attempting to collect approximately $500,000 of charges from us that we dispute. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings at this time. A ruling against us could have material adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition and business performance.
49
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table lists our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2007:
Name | Age | Position | ||
Charles Rice | 43 | President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board | ||
Jon deOng | 33 | Chief Technology Officer, Director | ||
Vincent Arena | 37 | Chief Financial Officer, Director | ||
Joshua Touber(1) | 44 | Director | ||
Robert Grden(1) | 43 | Director | ||
Douglas Benson(1) | 75 | Director |
Charles Rice has served as a Director and as our Chief Executive Officer and President since December 29, 2006. Mr. Rice is the founder of InterMetro and has served as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since its inception in July 2003. Under Mr. Rice’s leadership, InterMetro was ranked 46th in Entrepreneur magazine’s June 2006 Hot 100 Fastest Growing Businesses in America. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Rice was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of CNM Network, Inc., or CNM, a national VoIP carrier. Mr. Rice joined CNM in 1997 and became a member of its board of directors in 1998. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Rice served as CNM’s Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to CNM, Mr. Rice spent over 15 years in executive positions. Mr. Rice attended California State University of Northridge.
Jon deOng has served as our Chief Technology Officer since December 29, 2006 and as a Director since January 19, 2007. Mr. deOng has served as InterMetro’s Chief Technology Officer and a director since its inception in July 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. deOng served as the Chief Technology Officer for CNM from 1999 to 2003 and served as a member of CNM’s board of directors from 1999 to 2003. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. deOng served as Vice President of Technology at CNM. Prior to CNM, Mr. deOng was responsible for managing the development and deployment of Netcom On-line Communication Services, Inc.’s Business Center, the core infrastructure systems of Netcom’s web hosting service, later acquired by ICG Communications, Inc. Mr. deOng attended the University of Texas.
Vincent Arena has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 29, 2006 and as a Director since January 19, 2007. Mr. Arena has served as InterMetro’s Chief Financial Officer since its inception in July 2003 and as a member of InterMetro’s board of directors since December 2003. Prior to joining InterMetro, Mr. Arena was the Chief Financial Officer for CNM from February 2001 to June 2003. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Arena held various investment banking positions at Jefferies & Company, Inc., most recently serving as a Vice President in the Telecommunications Group. Mr. Arena holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Bachelor of Science degree from Boston University and a Masters degree in Business Administration from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
Joshua Touber has served as a director since January 19, 2007. Mr. Touber has served as a director of InterMetro since March 2004. Mr. Touber is currently President of Touber Media, LLC, a media consulting firm. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Touber was the Chief Operating Officer of Ascent Media Creative Services Group, a subsidiary of Liberty Media Group. In 1995, Mr. Touber founded Virtuosity, a telecommunication services provider that developed the “virtual assistant” product category under the “Wildfire” brand name and has served as its President since its inception.
Robert Grden has served as a director since January 19, 2007. Mr. Grden has served as a director of InterMetro since August 2004. Mr. Grden is currently the Deputy County Treasurer for the Wayne County Michigan Treasurer’s office, a position he has held since 1991. Prior to that, he was a management consultant with Ernst & Young LLP serving clients in a variety of industries. Mr. Grden is also the current Chairman of, and has served the last seven years on, the Board of Trustees of the Wayne County Retirement Commission where he oversees certain employee compensation and benefit plans.
50
Douglas Benson has served as a director since January 19, 2007. Dr. Benson has served as a director of InterMetro since May 2006. Dr. Benson is currently the Chief Executive Officer of the Edwin S. Johnston Company, a real estate investment and development company, a position he has held for the past 20 years. Dr. Benson was a founder and majority shareholder of Heritage Bank, a commercial bank in Michigan. Dr. Benson served on the board of directors of Andrews University for over 10 years. Dr. Benson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Andrews University and a Doctor of Medicine from Loma Linda University.
Former Management Relationships
Messrs. Rice, deOng and Arena held positions for several years as executive officers of CNM Network, Inc. until their departure in June 2003. After their departure, CNM relocated its headquarters and in December 2003 changed its company name. In September 2004, 15 months after management’s departure, the entity formerly known as CNM filed a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court - Central District of California.
Executive Officers, Directors and Committees
Executive Officers
Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. We have assumed InterMetro’s employment agreements with our executive officers, which are discussed below under the heading “Executive Compensation - Employment Agreements.”
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors currently consists of six directors. Messrs. Benson, Grden and Touber are “independent” as defined in NASD Marketplace Rule 4200(a)(15). Mr. Rice, who is our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Arena, who is our Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. deOng, who is our Chief Technology Officer, are not independent. We plan to appoint additional independent directors so that a majority of our directors are independent.
The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes are divided as follows:
· Class I, whose term expires at the annual meeting of the shareholders to be held in 2008, is comprised of Messrs. Joshua Touber and Douglas Benson;
· Class II, whose term expires at the annual meeting of the shareholders to be held in 2009, is comprised of Messrs. Robert Grden and Vincent Arena; and
· Class III, whose term expires at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2010, is comprised of Messrs. Charles Rice and Jon deOng.
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the number of persons constituting our Board of Directors may be fixed from time to time, but only by a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board of Directors and provided that such number cannot be less than three nor more than eleven. Vacancies on the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors. This classification of the Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the control of or management of the Company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding capital stock voting together as a single class.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors currently has a standing Audit Committee. We plan to establish a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Until such committees are established, matters otherwise addressed by such committees will be acted upon by the majority of independent directors. The following is a brief description of our committees and contemplated committees.
Audit Committee
Messrs. Benson, Grden and Touber are the current members of our Audit Committee. Mr. Grden has been appointed to serve as chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Grden meets the applicable NASD listing standards for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.”
51
Pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, the functions of our Audit Committee includes:
· meeting with our management periodically to consider the adequacy of our internal controls and the objectivity of our financial reporting;
· engaging and pre-approving audit and non-audit services to be rendered by our independent auditors;
· recommending to our Board of Directors the engagement of our independent auditors and oversight of the work of our independent auditors;
· reviewing our financial statements and periodic reports and discussing the statements and reports with our management, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and disagreements with management;
· establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters;
· administering and discussing with management and our independent auditors our code of ethics; and
· reviewing and approving all related-party transactions in accordance with applicable listing exchange rules.
Compensation Committee
We plan to establish a compensation committee. The functions of our compensation committee will include:
· reviewing and, as it deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors, policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors and executive officers and the establishment and administration of certain of our employee benefit plans;
· exercising authority under certain of our employee benefit plans; and
· reviewing and approving executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters.
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
We plan to establish a corporate governance and nominating committee. The functions of our corporate governance and nominating committee will include:
· developing and recommending to our board of directors our corporate governance guidelines;
· overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors;
· identifying qualified candidates to become members of our board of directors;
· selecting nominees for election of directors at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected); and
· selecting candidates to fill vacancies on our board of directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Once established, no member of our compensation committee will serve as a member of the board of directors or the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.
Code of Conduct
We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The text of the Code of Conduct has been posted on InterMetro’s Internet website and can be viewed at http://www.intermetro.net/conduct.htm. Any waiver of the provisions of the Code of Conduct for executive officers and directors may be made only by the Audit Committee and, in the case of a waiver for members of the Audit Committee, by the Board of Directors. Any such waivers will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors; Insurance
Our Articles of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Nevada law. Nevada law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
· any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;
52
· acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
· unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
· any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law.
We have assumed InterMetro’s separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of such person’s services as one of our directors or officers, or rendering services at our request, to any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.
Insofar as an indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission each indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
None of our executive officers received any compensation for their respective services rendered to us during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The following table summarizes compensation paid or accrued by InterMetro, now one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, for the year ended December 31, 2006 for services rendered in all capacities, by our chief executive officer and the other most highly compensated executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 29, 2006, these individuals became our executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position | Year | Salary | Bonus | Option Awards | Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation | Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings | All Other Compensation(1) | Total | |||||||||||||||||
Charles Rice Chief Executive Officer and President | 2006 | $ | 269,943 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 20,316 | $ | 290,259 | ||||||||||||||
Jon deOng Chief Technology Officer | 2006 | $ | 226,997 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 17,316 | $ | 244,313 | ||||||||||||||
Vincent Arena Chief Financial Officer | 2006 | $ | 205,350 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 13,290 | $ | 218,640 |
(1) | Amounts primarily represent medical insurance premiums and reimbursements for automobile and electronic communication device expenses. |
53
Employment Agreements
Effective on or about January 1, 2007, we assumed from InterMetro certain employment agreements with our new Chief Executive Officer, Charles Rice, Chief Technical Officer, Jon deOng, and Chief Financial Officer, Vincent Arena. Each of the agreements was originally entered into as of January 1, 2004 and has a term ending on December 31, 2009, with automatic one-year extensions unless either we or the executive provides notice of intention not to renew the agreement at least 60 days prior to the end of its term.
The agreement with Mr. Rice provides for an initial base annual salary of $220,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 100% of his base annual salary. The agreement with Mr. deOng provides for an initial base annual salary of $185,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 75% of his base annual salary. The agreement with Mr. Arena provides for an initial base annual salary of $185,000 and a discretionary annual bonus target of up to 75% of his base annual salary. We anticipate senior executive bonuses under each of these agreements will be determined based on various factors, including revenue achievement and operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization targets, as well as personal contributions. These performance factors may change from year to year. Each of these agreements calls for an 11% yearly increase in annual base salary.
Pursuant to the employment agreements, Mr. Rice, Mr. deOng, and Mr. Arena were each granted, on January 2, 2004, options to purchase 308,080 shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the Business Combination. The options for Mr. Rice have an exercise price of $0.0446 per share and the options for Messrs. deOng and Arena have an exercise price of $0.0406. Mr. deOng and Mr. Arena’s options have an exercise period of ten years from the date of grant and Mr. Rice’s options have an exercise period of five years from the date of grant. The options were 20% vested upon grant, and 1/16 of the unvested options vest each calendar year quarter from the grant date.
These employment agreements may be terminated by us if the executive acts with gross negligence in the performance of his duties resulting in a breach of his fiduciary duties to us, our board, or our shareholders (provided that we give the executive notice of the basis for the termination and an opportunity for 30 days to cease committing the alleged conduct).
Severance benefits are payable under the agreements if the executive’s employment is terminated (i) if we materially breach the employment agreement or terminates the agreement other than for gross negligence (as described above), (ii) upon the death or disability of the executive, or (iii) on account of non-renewal of the employment agreement after a change in control of our ownership. These severance benefits include (i) a lump sum payment equal to the greater of the sum of the executive’s annual compensation and accrued but unpaid bonus payable through the end of the term of the employment agreement or one year of the executive’s annual base compensation, (ii) continuation medical insurance coverage and other benefits through the end of the term, and (iii) full vesting of all unvested stock options, with the ability to exercise all options granted under the agreement for the remainder of their term.
If the executive terminates his employment for reasons other than our breach of the agreement, he will not be entitled to severance benefits and will have a period of 90 days after notification of termination to exercise his vested options. If the executive’s employment is terminated for gross negligence (as described above), the executive will not be entitled to severance benefits, but he will be entitled to exercise his vested stock options for the remainder of their term.
Outstanding Equity Awards
The following table sets forth information for each of our executive officers regarding the number of shares subject to exercisable and unexercisable stock options to purchase shares of our common stock at the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. These stock options were originally granted with respect to InterMetro common stock and were converted into options to purchase our common stock in the Business Combination.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
Name | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable(1) | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable(1) | Option Exercise Price | Option Expiration Date | |||||||||
Charles Rice | 246,464 | 61,616 | $ | 0.0446 | 1/2/09 | ||||||||
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President | |||||||||||||
Jon deOng | 246,464 | 61,616 | $ | 0.0406 | 1/2/14 | ||||||||
Chief Technology Officer | |||||||||||||
Vincent Arena | 246,464 | 61,616 | $ | 0.0406 | 1/2/14 | ||||||||
Chief Financial Officer |
(1) | Stock options were granted under our 2004 Stock Plan and vest 20% on the date of grant and 1/16 of the balance each quarter thereafter until the remaining stock options have vested. |
54
Employee Benefit Plans
2004 Stock Option Plan
Our Board of Directors voted unanimously to cause the Company to assume all stock options under the 2004 Stock Plan of InterMetro Delaware (the “2004 Plan”), which were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, which closed on or about December 29, 2006. All InterMetro Delaware stock options were converted into options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 29, 2006. Upon the shareholders ratification of the 2004 Plan pursuant to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective May 10, 2007, we froze any further grants of stock options under the 2004 Plan. Any shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan that are not needed for outstanding options granted under that plan will be cancelled and returned to treasury shares. The number of outstanding stock options and the exercise prices were adjusted in the same proportion as the exchange ratio for the outstanding common stock in the Business Combination. The exercise periods and other terms and conditions remain the same. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2006, we had stock options to purchase approximately 5,714,819 shares of our common stock outstanding of which approximately 4,836,801 vest as follows: 20% on the date of grant and 1/16 of the balance each quarter thereafter until the remaining stock options have vested and approximately 878,018 of which as follows: 50% on the date of grant and 50% at one year after the date of grant. The exchanged stock options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of initial grant by InterMetro at exercise prices ranging from $0.0406 to $0.9738.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, InterMetro Delaware issued stock options to purchase 86,765 shares of InterMetro Delaware common stock at an average exercise price of $5.37 per share (exchangeable for stock options to purchase 908,826 shares of our common stock at an average exercise price of $0.513) to employees and directors. As of September 30, 2007, none of the Company’s outstanding stock options have been exercised.
2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan
On or about January 19, 2007, our Board of Directors approved the 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) for directors, officers, employees, and consultants. Our shareholders ratified the 2007 Plan pursuant to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission which was declared effective on May 10, 2007. The 2007 Plan allows any of the following types of awards, to be granted alone or in tandem with other awards: (1) Stock options which may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”), which are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), which are not intended to meet those requirements; (2) restricted stock which is common stock that is subject to restrictions, including a prohibition against transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture, until the end of a “restricted period” during which the grantee must satisfy certain vesting conditions; (3) restricted stock units which entitle the grantee to receive common stock, or cash (or other property) based on the value of common stock, after a “restricted period” during which the grantee must satisfy certain vesting conditions or the restricted stock unit is forfeited; (4) stock appreciation rights which entitle the grantee to receive, with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock, any increase in the value of the shares from the date the award is granted to the date the right is exercised; and (5) other types of equity-based compensation which may include shares of common stock granted upon the achievement of performance objectives.
The 2007 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee, which will at all times be composed of two or more members of the Board of Directors who are not our employees or consultants. Any employee or director of, or consultant for, us or any of our subsidiaries or other affiliates will be eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. We have reserved 8,903,410 shares of common stock for awards under the 2007 Plan. In addition, on each anniversary of the 2007 Plan’s effective date on or before the fifth anniversary of the effective date, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan will be increased by the lesser of (a) 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the December 31 immediately preceding the anniversary, (b) 4,713,570 shares, or (c) a lesser number of shares of our common stock that our board, in its sole discretion, determines. In general, shares reserved for awards that lapse or are canceled will be added back to the pool of shares available for awards under the 2007 Plan.
55
Awards under the 2007 Plan are forfeitable until they become vested. An award will become vested only if the vesting conditions set forth in the award agreement (as determined by the Compensation Committee) are satisfied. The vesting conditions may include performance of services for a specified period, achievement of performance objectives, or a combination of both. The Compensation Committee also has authority to provide for accelerated vesting upon occurrence of an event such as a change in control. The 2007 Plan specifically prohibits the Compensation Committee from repricing any stock options or stock appreciation rights. In general, awards under the 2007 Plan may not be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. However, the Compensation Committee may allow the transfer of NSOs to members of a 2007 Plan participant’s immediate family or to a trust, partnership, or corporation in which the parties in interest are limited to the participant and members of the participant’s immediate family.
The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee may amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time. If necessary to comply with any applicable law (including stock exchange rules), we will first obtain stockholder approval. Amendments, alterations, suspensions, and termination of the 2007 Plan generally may not impair a participant’s (or a beneficiary’s) rights under an outstanding award. However, rights may be impaired if necessary to comply with an applicable law or accounting principles (including a change in the law or accounting principles) pursuant to a written agreement with the participant. Unless it is terminated sooner, the 2007 Plan will terminate upon the earlier of June 23, 2016 or the date all shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan have been issued and vested.
Director Compensation
As of January 19, 2007, we approved the following non-employee director compensation program. We will pay our non-employee directors $1,000 per board meeting attended in person and $500 for each telephonic meeting. In addition, we will compensate members of our board committees as follows: (i) each member of our Audit Committee will receive $500 per meeting and (ii) each member of our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee will receive $350 per meeting. The Chairman of our Audit Committee will also receive an annual retainer of $5,000 per year. We intend to grant our directors options under our contemplated 2007 Plan in an amount to be determined prior to grant.
None of our directors received any compensation for their respective services rendered to us during the year ended December 31, 2006. The following table summarizes the compensation paid or accrued by InterMetro for the year ended December 31, 2006 to InterMetro’s directors who were serving as directors of InterMetro on December 31, 2006 and who now serve as our directors, effective as of January 19, 2007.
Director Compensation
Name | Fees Earned or Paid in Cash | Stock Awards | Option Awards(1)(3) | Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation | Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings | All Other Compensation(2) | Total | ||||||||||||||||||
Joshua Touber, Director | 0 | 0 | $ | 48,958 | (4) | 0 | 0 | $ | 4,800 | $ | 53,758 | ||||||||||||||
Robert Grden, Director | 0 | 0 | $ | 48,958 | (5) | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 48,958 | |||||||||||||||
Douglas Benson, Director | 0 | 0 | $ | 56,551 | (6) | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 56,551 |
(1) | For information regarding the assumptions used in the calculation of the value of these option awards see Note 1 to the financial statements. Amounts set forth in the Option Awards column represent the fair value of stock option awards with respect to our common stock, recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for 2006 as computed in accordance with FAS 123(R), disregarding estimates of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For additional information about the assumptions used in these calculations, see Note 1 to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. |
56
(2) Amount primarily represents medical insurance premiums.
(3) Stock options were granted under our 2004 Stock Plan and vest 50% on the date of grant and 50% on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
(4) Mr. Touber has vested options to purchase 184,848 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2007, which he received as compensation for services rendered to us as a director.
(5) Mr. Grden has vested options to purchase 184,848 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2007, which he received as compensation for services rendered to us as a director.
(6) Mr. Benson has vested options to purchase 61,616 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2007, which he received as compensation for services rendered to us as a director.
57
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Hunter World Markets, Inc. and our Company
In December 2006, Hunter World Markets, Inc., or Hunter, and its affiliates acquired 3,650,000 shares of our common stock from our then controlling stockholder for $11,231, said shares representing approximately 46.8% of our outstanding common stock prior to the Business Combination.
On December 14, 2006, InterMetro executed a Term Credit Agreement with the Hunter Fund Limited, an affiliated entity of Hunter, for a $600,000 term loan bridge financing. In connection with the bridge financing, InterMetro paid the Hunter Fund Limited a bridge loan origination fee of $42,000 and an additional loan fee to Hunter of $75,000. In addition, InterMetro issued the Hunter Fund Limited five-year warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share, exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The bridge loan principal and all related fees and expenses were repaid in January 2007.
For its services as the placement agent, Hunter was paid a selling commission equal to 10% of the gross proceeds of the Private Placement, or $1,023,500. In addition, we also paid Hunter $435,000 for consulting services rendered. Hunter also earned five-year warrants to purchase 4,094,000 shares of common stock, exercisable nine months from the date of issuance with an exercise price of $1.50 per share. Upon the closing of the Business Combination and the Private Placement, Hunter and its affiliates beneficially own 4,485,000 shares of our common stock or approximately 7.5% of the common stock outstanding, which excludes shares underlying the placement agent warrants. For more information about Hunter, see “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners.”
Consulting Services
David Marshall, a beneficial owner of 10.4 % of our common stock, the Chief Executive Officer of Glenhaven Corporation, an advisor to InterMetro until December 2006, and the agent for InterMetro’s Series A lenders prior to the repayment of the Series A Notes, entered into a three-year consulting agreement with us under which Santa Monica Capital LLC (an affiliate of Mr. Marshall) will receive $13,000 per month (subject to a minimum increase of 5% per year) and 5% of all gross proceeds derived from new business referrals and introductions made by Santa Monica Capital LLC.
Securities Issuances
In December 2006, Santa Monica Capital, LLC, an affiliate of David Marshall, purchased 1,000,000 shares and Mitchell Pindus purchased 500,000 shares of the 6,500,000 shares of our common stock prior to the Business Combination. Further, also in December 2006, David Marshall acquired 2,500,000 shares of our common stock, as adjusted for the Business Combination, from Charles Rice, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, on the closing of the Business Combination in consideration for $150,000 payable to Mr. Rice within a twelve month period. Upon the closing of the Business Combination and the Private Placement, David Marshall and Mitchell Pindus beneficially owned 6,317,777 and 3,034,607 shares, respectively, of our common stock, or approximately 10.4% and 5.1% of the common stock outstanding. For more information on the ownership of David Marshall or Mitchell Pindus see “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners.”
Voting Agreements
Upon the closing of the Business Combination, David Marshall, Mitchell Pindus and their affiliates agreed to enter into voting agreements with Charles Rice pursuant to which Mr. Rice will vote all shares of our common stock owned by David Marshall, Mitchell Pindus and their affiliates with respect to certain matters for a period of two years from the date of the closing of the Business Combination. These shares are subject to a voting agreement pursuant to which Charles Rice has voting power for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to all matters (limited to 4,000,000 shares owned by Marshall and his affiliates) and with respect to the selection of directors (the balance of shares owned by Marshall and his affiliates and all shares owned by Pindus and his affiliates).
Holders of options under our 2004 Plan are required to enter into an agreement granting Mr. Rice voting rights with respect to the common stock issued upon exercise of their options, which agreements expire ten years after execution thereof.
Holders of common stock purchased from Mr. Rice pursuant to options have entered into a shareholders’ agreement granting Mr. Rice voting rights with respect to the common stock issued upon exercise of their options, which agreements expire ten years after execution thereof.
58
Indemnification Agreements
We have assumed InterMetro’s indemnification agreements with each of our directors, officers and certain employees. The indemnification agreements provide that the director or officer will be indemnified to the fullest extent not prohibited by law for claims arising in such person’s capacity as a director or officer no later than 30 days after written demand to us. The agreements further provide that in the event of a change of control, we would seek legal advice from a special independent counsel selected by us and approved by the officer or director, who has not performed services for either party for five years, to determine the extent to which the officer or director would be entitled to an indemnity under applicable law. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain skilled management with experience relevant to our industry.
Registration Rights
See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”
Employment Agreements
We have assumed InterMetro’s employment agreements with our executive officers described under “Management — Employment Agreements.”
59
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2007, by (i) each director, (ii) each executive officer, (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each person who beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or become exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007 are deemed outstanding even if they have not actually been exercised. Those shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage ownership of each beneficial owner is based on 59,575,194 outstanding shares of common stock. Except as otherwise listed below, the address of each person is c/o InterMetro Communications, Inc., 2685 Park Center Drive, Building A, Simi Valley, California 93065. Except as indicated, each person listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name.
Name and Title of Beneficial Owner | Number of Shares Beneficially Owned(1) | Percentage Ownership | |||||
Charles Rice | 35,889,112 | (2) | 55.1 | % | |||
Chairman, President, | |||||||
Chief Executive Officer and Secretary | |||||||
Vincent Arena | 2,491,707 | (3) | 4.2 | % | |||
Chief Financial Officer | |||||||
Jon deOng | 2,699,511 | (4) | 4.5 | % | |||
Chief Technology Officer | |||||||
Joshua Touber | 1,105,411 | (5) | 1.8 | % | |||
Director | |||||||
Robert Grden | 184,848 | (6) | * | ||||
Director | |||||||
Douglas Benson | 4,013,091 | (7) | 6.7 | % | |||
Director | |||||||
Directors and executive officers | 41,192,462 | 62.4 | % | ||||
as a group (6 persons) | |||||||
David Marshall | 6,317,767 | (8) | 10.4 | % | |||
9229 Sunset Boulevard | |||||||
Suite 505 | |||||||
Los Angeles, CA 90069 | |||||||
Mitchell Pindus | 3,034,607 | (9) | 5.1 | % | |||
228 S. Medio Drive | |||||||
Los Angeles, CA 90049 | |||||||
Hunter World Markets, Inc. | 8,579,000 | (10) | 13.3 | % | |||
9300 Wilshire Boulevard | |||||||
Penthouse Suite | |||||||
Beverly Hills, CA 92012 |
* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
60
(1) | Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge each stockholder named in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock, except for those owned jointly with that person’s spouse. |
(2) | Includes 341,719 shares which may be purchased pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. Also includes 3,697,524 shares over which Mr. Rice would have voting power pursuant to voting agreements upon the exercise of stock options under the 2004 Plan and an additional 9,288,595 shares owned by certain of our employees over which Mr. Rice maintains voting control. Mr. Rice has granted options to certain individuals to purchase a total of 1,016,686 shares of his common stock. These options expire on May 15, 2009. Includes 5,306,893 shares and warrants to purchase 1,010,874 shares owned by David Marshall, the manager of an advisor to us, and his affiliates over which Mr. Rice has voting power for a period of ninety days from December 29, 2006 for all shares for all matters, and for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to all matters (4,000,000 shares) and with respect to the selection of directors (the balance of the shares). Mr. Marshall purchased 2,500,000 of these shares from Mr. Rice for $150,000 prior to the closing of the Business Combination. Also includes 2,554,587 shares and warrants to purchase 480,020 shares owned by Mitchell Pindus and his affiliates over which Mr. Rice has voting power for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to the selection of directors. |
(3) | Includes 292,676 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. |
(4) | Includes 292,676 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. |
(5) | Includes 342,459 shares which may be purchased pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. Also includes 61,623 shares and warrants to purchase 61,623 shares which are owned by Laurel Research, Inc., of which Mr. Touber is President, pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. |
(6) | Includes 184,848 shares which may be purchased pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. |
(7) | Includes 369,694 shares which may be purchased pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. |
(8) | Includes 680,065 shares owned by David Marshall Inc., of which David Marshall is the chief executive officer; 478,240 shares owned by the David Marshall Pension Trust, of which Mr. Marshall is the trustee; 373,441 shares which may be purchased by David Marshall Inc. pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 637,443 shares which may be purchased by the David Marshall Pension Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 648,588 shares owned by Glenhaven Corporation, of which Mr. Marshall is the chief executive officer, and 3,500,000 shares owned by Santa Monica Capital, LLC, of which Mr. Marshall is the manager. These shares are subject to a voting agreement pursuant to which Charles Rice has voting power for a period of ninety days from December 29, 2006 for all shares for all matters, and for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to all matters (4,000,000 shares) and with respect to the selection of directors (the balance of the shares). |
(9) | Includes 1,846,664 shares owned by the Pindus Living Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the co-trustee; 561,184 shares owned by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account; 48,913 shares owned by the Myles Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 48,913 shares owned by the Tobias Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 48,913 shares owned by the Erin Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 248,961 shares which may be purchased by the Pindus Living Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 231,059 shares which may be purchased by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. These shares are subject to a voting agreement pursuant to which Charles Rice has voting power for a period of ninety days from December 29, 2006 for all shares for all matters, and for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to the selection of directors. |
(10) | Includes 3,585,000 shares of common stock owned by Hunter World Markets, Inc. (“Hunter”) and its affiliates and 4,694,000 shares which may be purchased by Hunter and its affiliates pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. Todd M. Ficeto is President, Chief Executive Officer, and control person of Hunter and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by Hunter. Mr. Ficeto disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Hunter except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Includes 250,000 shares held by Mr. Ficeto. Includes 25,000 shares held by Hunter Ficeto and 25,000 shares held by Natalia Ficeto. Mr. Ficeto is the father of Hunter Ficeto and Natalia Ficeto and may be considered the control person of shares held by them. |
61
SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS
The securities being offered hereunder are being offered by the Selling Security Holders listed below or their respective transferees, pledgees, donees or successors. Each Selling Security Holder may from time to time offer and sell any or all of such Selling Security Holder’s shares that are registered under this prospectus. Because each Selling Security Holder may offer all, some or none of the shares it holds, and because, based upon information provided to us, there are currently no agreements, arrangements, or understandings with respect to the sale of any of the shares, no definitive number of shares that will be held by each Selling Security Holder after the offering can be provided.
All expenses incurred with respect to the registration of the common stock covered by this prospectus will be borne by us, but we will not be obligated to pay any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or other expenses incurred by any Selling Security Holder in connection with the sale of shares.
The following table sets forth, with respect to each Selling Security Holder (i) the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned as of September30, 2007 and prior to the offering contemplated hereby, (ii) the maximum number of shares of common stock which may be sold by the Selling Security Holder under this prospectus, and (iii) the number of shares of common stock which will be beneficially owned after the offering by the Selling Security Holder. All Selling Security Holders listed below are eligible to sell their shares. None of the Selling Security Holders listed below have had any position, office or other material relationship with us within the past three years. All of the investors have entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement and a Registration Rights Agreement with us. The percentage ownership set forth below is based upon 59,575,194 shares outstanding.
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering(1)(2) | Shares Offered | Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering(3) | ||||||||||||||
Investor Name | Shares | Percent | Shares | Percent | ||||||||||||
Hunter World Markets, Inc. (4) | 8,579,000 | 13.3 | % | 8,344,000 | 235,000 | * | % | |||||||||
CIC Global Capital LTD | 350,000 | * | % | 350,000 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||
E’s Holdings, Inc. | 500,000 | * | % | 500,000 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||
New Vision Ventures, LLC | 500,000 | * | % | 500,000 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||
Santa Monica Capital, LLC (5) | 6,317,767 | 10.4 | % | 1,000,000 | 5,317,767 | 8.9 | % | |||||||||
Pindus Living Trust (6) | 3,034,607 | 5.1 | % | 500,000 | 2,534,607 | 4.3 | % |
* Less than 1%
(1) | Except as set forth in footnote (3) below, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. The persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them. |
(2) | Includes 4,694,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants. |
(3) | Assumes all securities registered are sold to parties unaffiliated with the Selling Security Holders. |
(4) | Includes 3,585,000 shares of common stock owned by Hunter World Markets, Inc. (“Hunter”) and its affiliates, 600,000 shares which may be purchased by Hunter and its affiliates pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007, and 4,094,000 shares which may be purchased by Hunter and its affiliates pursuant to warrants that are exercisable after September 30, 2007. Todd M. Ficeto is President, Chief Executive Officer, and control person of Hunter and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by Hunter. Mr. Ficeto disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Hunter except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Includes 250,000 shares held by Mr. Ficeto. Includes 25,000 shares held by Hunter Ficeto and 25,000 shares held by Natalia Ficeto. Mr. Ficeto is the father of Hunter Ficeto and Natalia Ficeto and may be considered the control person of shares held by them. |
62
(5) | Includes 680,065 shares owned by David Marshall Inc., of which David Marshall is the chief executive officer; 478,240 shares owned by the David Marshall Pension Trust, of which Mr. Marshall is the trustee; 373,441 shares which may be purchased by David Marshall Inc. pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 637,443 shares which may be purchased by the David Marshall Pension Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 648,588 shares owned by Glenhaven Corporation, of which Mr. Marshall is the chief executive officer, and 3,500,000 shares owned by Santa Monica Capital, LLC, of which Mr. Marshall is the manager. These shares are subject to a voting agreement pursuant to which Charles Rice has voting power for a period of ninety days from December 29, 2006 for all shares for all matters, and for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to all matters (4,000,000 shares) and with respect to the selection of directors (the balance of the shares). |
(6) | Includes 1,846,664 shares owned by the Pindus Living Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the co-trustee; 561,184 shares owned by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account; 48,913 shares owned by the Myles Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 48,913 shares owned by the Tobias Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 48,913 shares owned by the Erin Pindus Trust, of which Mr. Pindus is the trustee; 248,961 shares which may be purchased by the Pindus Living Trust pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007; 231,059 shares which may be purchased by the Mitchell R. Pindus Individual Retirement Account pursuant to warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2007. These shares are subject to a voting agreement pursuant to which Charles Rice has voting power for a period of ninety days from December 29, 2006 for all shares for all matters, and for a period of two years from December 29, 2006 with respect to the selection of directors. |
63
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferential rights with respect to any series of preferred stock that may be issued, holders of the common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors on the common stock out of funds legally available therefore and, in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, are entitled to share equally and ratably in all of our remaining assets and funds.
Stock and Incentive Plans
Following shareholder ratification pursuant to the Company’s Schedule 14C Information Statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2007, the Company froze any further grants of stock under the 2004 Plan. Any shares that are not needed for outstanding options granted under that plan will be cancelled and returned to treasury shares. As of September30, 2007 we had outstanding options under the 2004 Plan to purchase approximately 5,714,819 shares of our common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.1375 per share. On or about January 19, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) for directors, officers, employees, and consultants to the Company. The Company’s shareholders ratified the 2007 Plan pursuant to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission which was declared effective on May 10, 2007.
Warrants
Exchanged InterMetro Delaware Warrants
On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with InterMetro Delaware’s equipment financing arrangements entered into exchange agreements with InterMetro to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase our common stock. As of September 30, 2007, pursuant to such exchange agreements, we have issued warrants to purchase approximately 1,096,103 shares of our common stock to equipment finance partners. These warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from issuance, with expiration dates ranging from February 2009 to May 2011 at exercise prices ranging from $0.162 to $0.974 (rounded) per share.
On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with Intermetro Delaware’s convertible notes financings entered into exchange agreements with InterMetro to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase our common stock. As of September 30, 2007, pursuant to such exchange agreements, we have issued warrants to purchase approximately 1,232,315 shares of our common stock to a consultant relating to convertible notes financings. These warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the issuance date, with expiration dates ranging from November 2008 to May 2012, all at an exercise price of $0.008 per share.
On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with Intermetro Delaware’s add-on offerings of Series A convertible notes entered into exchange agreements with InterMetro to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase our common stock. As of September 30, 2007, pursuant to such exchange agreements, we have issued warrants to purchase approximately 3,486,073 shares of our common stock to investors in Intermetro Delaware’s add-on offerings of Series A convertible notes. These warrants are exercisable as follows: (a) approximately 2,157,422 are exercisable at any time prior to the later of June 25, 2009 or the fifth anniversary of the date our common stock is registered for resale under the Securities Act, but in no case later than June 25, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.162 per share and (b) approximately 1,328,651 exercised at any time prior to the later of January 12, 2011 or the fifth anniversary of the date our common stock is registered for resale under the Securities Act, but in no case later than January 12, 2016, at an exercise price of $0.406 per share.
On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with Intermetro Delaware’s Series B Preferred Stock offering entered into exchange agreements with InterMetro to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase our common stock. As of September 30, 2007, pursuant to such exchange agreements, we have issued warrants to purchase approximately 1,232,441 shares of our common stock to investors in Intermetro Delaware’s Series B Preferred Stock. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock for a price of $0.406 per share at any time prior to February 23, 2008.
Bridge Loan Warrants
In December 2006, we issued warrants purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock to the lender under a term credit agreement. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock for a price of $0.60 per share at any time for a period of three years from the date of issuance.
64
Private Placement
In December 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 4,094,000 shares of our common stock to the placement agent in our Private Placement. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share at any time for a period of five years from the date of issuance (nonexercisable for the first nine months) and each warrant contains a cashless exercise feature.
Each warrant to purchase our common stock (including InterMetro Delaware warrants, which have been exchanged for InterMetro warrants) contains provisions for the adjustment of the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of any stock dividend or split, consolidation, reorganization or reclassification. In addition, the shares of our common stock issuable upon any exercise of the warrant provide their holders with rights to have those shares registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as discussed more fully below. Each warrant has net exercise provisions under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price.
Registration Rights Agreements
In connection with our Business Combination and Private Placement on December 29, 2006, we agreed to file two registration statements on Form SB-2 pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. The first of which we agreed to file within thirty 30 days after the date of the closing of the Private Placement to cover the resale of the 10,235,000 shares of our common stock issued in the Private Placement and the second of which we agreed to file within 10 business days of the date six months after the effective date of the first registration statement to register certain shares of our common stock that were outstanding prior to the Business Combination, or the Existing Shares, and the shares underlying warrants issued to the placement agent and its affiliates.
Pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreements, we agreed to use our best efforts to cause the registration statements to be declared effective on the earlier of (i) 120 days after the closing of the Private Placement or six months after such closing, respectively, or (ii) the fifth trading day following the date on which we are notified by the Securities and Exchange Commission that the respective registration statement will not be reviewed. In addition, pursuant to the terms of each of the registration rights agreements, we must use our best efforts to keep each shelf registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of (a) the date when all the securities covered by the respective registration rights agreement have been sold, (b) the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act with respect to all securities covered by the respective registration rights agreement that are held by non-affiliates or (c) two years from the date the respective registration statement is first declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
If (i) we fail to have the registration statements declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission by the dates required under the registration rights agreements or (ii) with certain exceptions, a registration statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective as to all securities for which it is required to be effective, or the investors are not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell such securities for in any such case 20 consecutive calendar days or more than an aggregate of 30 calendar days during any 12-month period, the registration rights agreements provide that we must pay to the holder of registrable securities liquidated damages in an amount in cash equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price paid by such holder pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for any registrable securities held by such holder on the date of such default, and on each monthly anniversary of such date (if the applicable default shall not have been cured by such date), we must pay to each holder liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price paid by such holder pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for any registrable securities then held by such holder. The liquidated damages apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of a default. The first registration statement on Form SB-2 was declared effective by the SEC on May 10, 2007.
Listing
Our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and trade under the ticker symbol “IMTO.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Interwest Transfer Company, Inc. is our Transfer Agent and Registrar.
65
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
General
We are registering the common stock on behalf of the selling security holders. As used in this prospectus, the term “Selling Security Holder” includes pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest selling shares received from a Selling Security Holder as pledgors, assignees, borrowers or in connection with other non-sale-related transfers after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus may also be used by transferees of the selling security holders, including broker-dealers or other transferees who borrow or purchase the shares to settle or close out short sales of shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds of sales by the selling security holders.
Each Selling Security Holder may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock on the on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or quoted or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. Each Selling Security Holder will act independently from us in making decisions with respect to the manner, timing, price and size of each sale. A Selling Security Holder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:
· ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
· block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
· purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
· an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
· privately negotiated transactions;
· settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;
· broker-dealers may agree with the selling security holders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
· a combination of any such methods of sale;
· through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise; or
· any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
The selling security holders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.
Broker-dealers engaged by the selling security holders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling security holders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASDR Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASDR IM-2440.
In connection with the sale of the common stock or interests therein, the selling security holders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling security holders may also sell shares of the common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling security holders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
66
We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us, incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling security holders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Each Selling Security Holder has advised us that they have not entered into any written or oral agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriter or broker-dealer regarding the sale of the resale shares. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the selling security holders.
Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale shares may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the selling security holders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of the common stock by the selling security holders or any other person. Regulation M also prohibits any bids or purchases made in order to stabilize the price of a security in connection with the distribution of that security. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the shares offered by this prospectus.
Because selling security holders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, they will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the selling security holders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale.
Registration Obligations
We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the shares may be resold by the selling security holders without registration and without regard to any volume limitations by reason of Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the shares have been sold pursuant to the prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.
67
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Richardson & Associates, special counsel to the Company.
EXPERTS
InterMetro Communications, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting in giving said reports.
Advanced Tel, Inc.’s financial statements as of and for the years ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2005 and as of and for the nine months ended March 31, 2006 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS
Effective as of January 31, 2007, we replaced Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell, P.C. as our independent registered public accounting firm. Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell had been previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit our financial statements. The reason for the replacement of Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell was that, following the merger, the shareholders of InterMetro owned a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. InterMetro is our primary business unit, and the current independent registered public accountants of InterMetro is the firm of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. We believe that it is in our best interest to have Mayer Hoffman McCann continue to work with our business, and we therefore retained Mayer Hoffman McCann as our new independent registered public accounting firm effective as January 31, 2007.
The reports of Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell on our financial statements for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2004 and 2005 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except for a going concern issue noted in Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell’s report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2005. The decision to change accountants was recommended and approved by our Audit Committee and Board of Directors. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 through the date hereof, we did not have any disagreements with Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to Hansen, Barnett & Maxwell’s satisfaction, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form SB-2, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, can be inspected and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov, which contains the Form SB-2 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
68
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTENTS
Page | ||
LUCY’S CAFE, Inc. | ||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-2 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 | F-3 | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 | F-4 | |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 | F-5 | |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 | F-6 | |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-7 | |
Advanced Tel, Inc. | ||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-37 | |
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and March 31, 2006 | F-38 | |
Statements of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 | F-39 | |
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended March 31, 2006 | F-40 | |
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 | F-41 | |
Notes to Financial Statements | F-42 | |
InterMetro Communications, Inc. | ||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-47 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited) | F-48 | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited) | F-49 | |
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited) | F-50 | |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited) | F-51 | |
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) | F-52 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lucy’s Cafe, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.
MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.
Los Angeles, California
April 16, 2007, except Note 17, as to which date is January 7, 2008
F-2
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
ASSETS | |||||||
Cash | $ | 565,063 | $ | 150,903 | |||
Restricted cash | 30,000 | — | |||||
Cash held in escrow | — | 10,235,000 | |||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $125,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively | 535,131 | 1,149,439 | |||||
Deposits | 253,826 | 219,449 | |||||
Other current assets | 79,523 | 214,949 | |||||
Total current assets | 1,463,543 | 11,969,740 | |||||
Property and equipment, net | 1,512,904 | 1,636,746 | |||||
Goodwill | — | 1,800,347 | |||||
Other intangible assets | — | 155,230 | |||||
Other long-term assets | 1,840 | 4,631 | |||||
Total Assets | $ | 2,978,287 | $ | 15,566,694 | |||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | |||||||
Accounts payable, trade | $ | 705,007 | $ | 6,349,788 | |||
Accrued expenses | 2,389,296 | 5,828,021 | |||||
Deferred revenues and customer deposits | 225,865 | 1,101,781 | |||||
Borrowings under line of credit facilities | 30,000 | 189,999 | |||||
Current portion of amounts and notes due to related parties | — | 410,566 | |||||
Current portion of long-term capital lease obligations | 197,368 | 152,829 | |||||
Current portion of Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount | 1,075,000 | — | |||||
Liability for options and warrants | — | 5,383,915 | |||||
Borrowings under related party credit facilities | — | 1,125,000 | |||||
Total current liabilities | 4,622,536 | 20,541,899 | |||||
Capital lease obligations | 150,967 | 95,031 | |||||
Series A convertible promissory notes, net of discount | 910,307 | — | |||||
Total long-term liabilities | 1,061,274 | 95,031 | |||||
Total liabilities | 5,683,810 | 20,636,930 | |||||
Commitments and contingencies | |||||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | |||||||
Preferred stock — $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 | — | — | |||||
Common stock — $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 24,645,816 and 59,575,194 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 | 24,646 | 59,575 | |||||
Additional paid-in capital | 1,915,693 | 13,245,231 | |||||
Deferred stock based compensation | (574,087 | ) | (372,803 | ) | |||
Accumulated deficit | (4,071,775 | ) | (18,002,239 | ) | |||
Total stockholders’ deficit | (2,705,523 | ) | (5,070,236 | ) | |||
)Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | 2,978,287 | $ | 15,566,694 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Net revenues | $ | 1,880,651 | $ | 10,580,599 | $ | 20,108,871 | ||||
Network costs | 1,429,490 | 7,357,404 | 21,907,592 | |||||||
Gross profit | 451,161 | 3,223,195 | (1,798,721 | ) | ||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||
Sales and marketing (includes stock based compensation of $0, $0 and $97,235 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively) | 317,893 | 667,687 | 2,092,317 | |||||||
General and administrative (includes stock based compensation of $237,349, $443,425 and $1,721,496 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively) | 2,390,129 | 3,001,293 | 8,252,366 | |||||||
Total operating expenses | 2,708,022 | 3,668,980 | 10,344,683 | |||||||
Operating loss | (2,256,861 | ) | (445,785 | ) | (12,143,404 | ) | ||||
Interest expense, net (includes stock based charges of $249,965, $59,034, and $969,803 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively) | 469,929 | 665,230 | 1,786,260 | |||||||
Loss before provision for income taxes | (2,726,790 | ) | (1,111,015 | ) | (13,929,664 | ) | ||||
Provision for income taxes | (800 | ) | (800 | ) | (800 | ) | ||||
Net loss | $ | (2,727,590 | ) | $ | (1,111,815 | ) | $ | (13,930,464 | ) | |
Basic and diluted net loss per common share | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | $ | (0.53 | ) | |
Shares used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share | 24,645,816 | 24,645,816 | 26,070,565 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Additional Paid-In | Deferred Stock Based | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Compensation | Deficit | Deficit | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2003 | — | $ | — | 24,645,816 | $ | 24,646 | $ | (24,146 | ) | $ | — | $ | (232,370 | ) | $ | (231,870 | ) | ||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants to Series A convertible promissory note holders | — | — | — | — | 123,132 | — | — | 123,132 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants | — | — | — | 137,587 | — | — | 137,587 | ||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock options | — | — | — | 186,143 | (186,143 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants for equipment | — | — | 67,253 | — | — | 67,253 | |||||||||||||||||||
Beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes | — | — | — | — | 192,382 | — | — | 192,382 | |||||||||||||||||
Amortization of stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | 99,763 | — | 99,763 | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | — | — | — | (2,727,590 | ) | (2,727,590 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2004 | — | — | 24,645,816 | 24,646 | 682,351 | (86,380 | ) | (2,959,960 | ) | (2,339,343 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants | — | — | — | — | 170,577 | — | 170,577 | ||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock options | — | — | — | — | 793,753 | (793,753 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants for equipment | — | — | — | 269,012 | — | — | 269,012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | 306,046 | — | 306,046 | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1,111,815 | ) | (1,111,815 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2005 | — | — | 24,645,816 | 24,646 | 1,915,693 | (574,087 | ) | (4,071,775 | ) | (2,705,523 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes | — | — | — | — | 200,093 | — | — | 200,093 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series B preferred stock, net | 117,660 | 118 | — | — | 545,422 | — | — | 545,540 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants | — | — | — | — | 2,133,838 | — | — | 2,133,838 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock options | — | — | — | — | 638,760 | (190,378 | ) | — | 448,382 | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Founder’s common stock | — | — | — | — | 29,408 | — | — | 29,408 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for acquisition | — | — | 308,079 | 308 | 1,499,692 | — | — | 1,500,000 | |||||||||||||||||
Amortization of stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | 391,662 | — | 391,662 | |||||||||||||||||
Exercise of warrants | — | — | 1,621,479 | 1,622 | 11,535 | — | — | 13,157 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock warrants for private placement | — | — | — | — | 2,774,636 | — | — | 2,774,636 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in private placement | — | — | 10,235,000 | 10,235 | 10,224,765 | — | — | 10,235,000 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of capital capitalized in private placement | — | — | — | — | (6,645,806 | ) | — | — | (6,645,806 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Capital contribution from majority shareholder | — | — | — | — | 2,350,000 | — | — | 2,350,000 | |||||||||||||||||
Lucy’s Cafe reverse merger conversion: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange of Series A Notes | — | — | 13,732,379 | 13,732 | 3,098,101 | — | — | 3,111,833 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange of Series B Preferred Stock | (117,660 | ) | (118 | ) | 1,232,441 | 1,232 | (1,114 | ) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Merger of Lucy’s Cafe | — | — | 7,800,000 | 7,800 | (145,877 | ) | — | — | (138,077 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Liability for options and warrants | — | — | — | — | (5,383,915 | ) | — | — | (5,383,915 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 | — | — | — | — | — | — | (13,930,464 | ) | (13,930,464 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2006 | — | $ | — | 59,575,194 | $ | 59,575 | $ | 13,245,231 | $ | (372,803 | ) | $ | (18,002,239 | ) | $ | (5,070,236 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,727,590 | ) | $ | (1,111,815 | ) | $ | (13,930,464 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities: | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 163,820 | 578,897 | 810,470 | |||||||
Stock based compensation | 237,349 | 476,615 | 2,196,713 | |||||||
Amortization of debt discount | 57,583 | 59,034 | 391,728 | |||||||
Charge for beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes | 192,382 | — | 200,093 | |||||||
Provision for bad debts | 16,949 | (16,949 | ) | 125,000 | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in assets: | ||||||||||
Accounts receivable | (212,687 | ) | (322,444 | ) | 27,662 | |||||
Deposits | (61,418 | ) | (165,572 | ) | 34,377 | |||||
Other current assets | (90,005 | ) | 10,482 | (124,947 | ) | |||||
Other long-term assets | (28,893 | ) | 27,053 | (2,791 | ) | |||||
Increase (decrease) in liabilities: | ||||||||||
Accounts payable, trade | 123,492 | 581,515 | 5,027,845 | |||||||
Accrued expenses | 1,157,378 | 1,089,348 | 974,905 | |||||||
Deferred revenues and customer deposits | 89,284 | 136,581 | 875,916 | |||||||
Net cash from operating activities | (1,082,356 | ) | 1,342,745 | (3,393,493 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (418,762 | ) | (790,612 | ) | (51,045 | ) | ||||
(Increase)/decrease in restricted cash | — | (30,000 | ) | 30,000 | ||||||
Net cash from investing activities | (418,762 | ) | (820,612 | ) | (21,045 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||||
Cash acquired in acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | — | — | 458,761 | |||||||
Cash acquired in merger with InterMetro Communications, Inc. | — | — | 260 | |||||||
Payment of amounts due to related party | — | — | (83,600 | ) | ||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible promissory notes | 916,824 | — | 564,695 | |||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock | — | — | 985,550 | |||||||
Proceeds from related party credit facility | — | — | 1,125,000 | |||||||
Net proceeds from line of credit facility | — | 30,000 | 189,999 | |||||||
Repayment of line of credit facility | — | — | (30,000 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from exercise of warrants | — | — | 13,157 | |||||||
Principal payments on capital lease obligations | (120,983 | ) | (240,657 | ) | (223,444 | ) | ||||
Net cash from financing activities | 795,841 | (210,657 | ) | 3,000,378 | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash | (705,277 | ) | 311,476 | (414,160 | ) | |||||
Cash at beginning of period/year | 958,864 | 253,587 | 565,063 | |||||||
Cash at end of period/year | $ | 253,587 | $ | 565,063 | $ | 150,903 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Company Background - InterMetro Communications, Inc. (“Lucy’s Cafe”) was incorporated on October 30, 2000 in the State of Nevada. Lucy’s Cafe’s operations were located in Sacramento, California and consisted of a restaurant servicing the downtown area. The operating assets of the Lucy’s Place restaurant were sold on July 7, 2004.
On or about December 29, 2006, InterMetro Communications, InterMetro Communications, Inc. (“InterMetro” or the “Company”), and InterMetro’s pre-transaction shareholders, note holders, and warrant holders (collectively, the “InterMetro Investors”) entered into exchange agreements to effect a reverse merger between Lucy’s Cafe and InterMetro (the “Business Combination”) which resulted in a share exchange such that the InterMetro Investors became the controlling shareholders of InterMetro Communications, and such that InterMetro will ultimately become a wholly owned subsidiary of Lucy’s Cafe. All costs associated with the Business Combination were expensed as incurred.
Pursuant to the Business Combination, the Company issued, or will issue, directly to the InterMetro Investors in two phases a total of approximately 41,540,194 shares of common stock in exchange for all of their issued and outstanding shares of common stock (the “Private Company Common Stock”) and preferred stock, and outstanding Series A convertible promissory notes on an as converted basis. The first phase issuance occurred effectively on December 29, 2006 and included the issuance of 27,490,194 shares of common stock in exchange for the entire principal amount of the Series A convertible promissory notes and accrued interest due, all outstanding shares of preferred stock and Private Company Common Stock held by non-employees, and a portion of the Private Company Common Stock held by employees. The second phase issuance will occur automatically when the Company increases its authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, by filing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation upon the effectiveness of the Schedule 14C Information Statement initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007 and will include the issuance of 14,049,580 shares of common stock in exchange for all of the remaining Private Company Common Stock currently held by the employees of InterMetro. After the completion of the second-phase issuance, all InterMetro securities will be effectively cancelled except 100 shares of Private Company Common Stock which will represent 100% of the outstanding stock of the wholly-owned subsidiary.
InterMetro is a Delaware corporation, originally formed as a California corporation in July 2003 to engage in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. The Company owns and operates state-of-the-art VoIP switching equipment and network facilities that are utilized by its retail customers, or end users, and its wholesale customers for consumer voice and data services, and voice-enabled application services. The Company’s retail and carrier customers pay the Company for minutes of utilization or bandwidth utilization on its national voice and data network.
Basis of Presentation - For accounting purposes, the Business Combination was accounted for as a recapitalization of InterMetro. Accordingly, the historical financial statements of the Company reflect the historical operations and financial statements of InterMetro before the Business Combination. See Notes 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 for more detailed discussions of the Business Combination.
All share and per share data provided in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the conversion ratio related to the exchange of shares in the Business Combination, unless otherwise stated herein. All preferred share data is provided on a pre-exchange basis as all of the preferred shares were exchanged as part of the Business Combination. See Note 7 for detailed discussions of the exchange of preferred stock in the Business Combination.
F-7
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
The accompanying financial statements were prepared based on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred net losses of $2,727,590 for the year ended 2004, $1,111,815 for the year ended 2005 and $13,930,465 for the year ended December 31, 2006, and had an accumulated deficit of $5,070,237 as of December 31, 2006. Included in the Company’s loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 were non-cash stock-based charges of $2,725,026. Management believes that the Company has adequate cash flows from operating activities to sustain its current operations. However, the Company may need additional cash from outside financing sources to achieve its growth strategies. Management believes that the Company has the ability to obtain new financing, if and when necessary, during 2007 to ensure that the Company can continue its operations through at least December 31, 2007.
Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2006 include the accounts of InterMetro Communications, InterMetro, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”). The acquisition of ATI became effective at the end of the business day on March 31, 2006 and the results of operations of ATI for the nine month period from April 1 to December 31, 2006 are included in the consolidated statement of operations of Lucy’s Cafe for the year ended December 31, 2006. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates - In the normal course of preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Beginning in the quarter ended December 2005, the Company began to significantly increase the sale of minutes through retail calling cards. During 2006, these increased sales provided additional data that allowed the Company to modify the process for estimating revenues for retail calling cards. The improved process resulted in a decrease in revenues of $330,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the results for this period if the Company had not modified the process.
Revenue Recognition - VoIP services are recognized as revenue when services are provided, primarily based on usage. Revenues derived from sales of calling cards through retail distribution partners are deferred upon sale of the cards. These deferred revenues are recognized as revenue generally at the time card minutes are expended. The Company recognizes revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant Company obligations remain and collection is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue consists of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which collection is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant Company obligations remain. Management of the Company assesses the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, management of the Company does not request collateral from customers. If management of the Company determines that collection of revenues are not reasonably assured, amounts are deferred and recognized as revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.
F-8
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not charge interest on its trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. The Company determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.
Network Costs - The Company’s network costs consist of telecommunication costs, leasing collocation facilities and certain build-outs, and depreciation of equipment related to the Company’s network infrastructure.
Advertising Costs - The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $59,975 and $157,200 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company did not incur any advertising costs for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Depreciation and Amortization - Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:
Telecommunications equipment | 2-3 years | ||
Telecommunications software | 18 months to 2 years | ||
Computer equipment | 2 years | ||
Office equipment and furniture | 3 years | ||
Leasehold improvements | Useful life or remaining lease term, which ever is shorter |
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant betterments are capitalized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - The Company assesses impairment of its other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include:
· | significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; |
· | significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and |
· | significant negative industry or economic trends. |
When management of the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, the Company has not had an impairment of long-lived assets.
F-9
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Goodwill and Intangible Assets - The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. The Company accounts for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 142 also requires the Company to amortize intangible assets over their respective finite lives up to their estimated residual values.
Stock-Based Compensation - Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments,” which revises SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” issued in 1995. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions and related interpretations of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) applying the “modified prospective transition method” under which it continues to account for nonvested equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R) in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to adoption, that is, it would continue to apply APB 25 in future periods to equity awards outstanding at the date it adopted SFAS 123(R).
Under the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company has elected to continue to recognize compensation cost for employees of the Company under the minimum value method of APB 25 and comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS 123 for all options granted prior to January 1, 2006. Stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net loss related to common stock options if options granted under the plan have an exercise price below the deemed fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following illustrates the effect on net loss if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards granted prior to January 1, 2006:
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
2004 | 2005 | ||||||
Net loss, as reported | $ | (2,727,590 | ) | $ | (1,111,815 | ) | |
Stock-based employee compensation expenses, net of related tax effects, included in determination of net loss, as reported | 5,277 | 57,225 | |||||
Stock-based employee compensation expenses, net of related tax effects, that would have been included in the determination of net loss if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards | (13,381 | ) | (69,331 | ) | |||
Pro forma net loss | $ | (2,735,694 | ) | $ | (1,123,921 | ) | |
Basic and diluted net loss per common share as reported | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | |
Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) |
F-10
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
The above pro forma was calculated with the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||
2004 | 2005 | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-4.3% | 4.1%-4.3% | ||
Expected lives (in years) | 4-10 | 4-10 | ||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | ||
Expected volatility | 0% | 0% |
For pro forma disclosure purposes, the estimated stock-based employee compensation expenses are amortized on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company estimated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded entities. The expected term of options granted is derived from the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term, as described in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, “Share-Based Payment.” The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The assumptions used to value options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:
Years Ended December 31, 2006 | ||
Expected volatility | 81% | |
Expected life in years | 5.25 to 5.93 | |
Risk free interest rate | 4.3% to 4.9% | |
Dividend yield | 0% | |
Forfeiture rate | 0% |
As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $320,106 higher (unaudited), than if the Company had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25. The impact to the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.01 per share.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services.” Effective January 1, 2006, the Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily measured. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.
F-11
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following average assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-3.3% | 3.5%-4.3% | 4.2%-4.9% | |||
Expected lives (in years) | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | 5.3 years to 5.8 years | |||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | 0% | |||
Expected volatility | 52% | 44% | 79%-84% | |||
Forfeiture rate | 0% | 0% | 0% |
Debt with Detachable Warrants and/or Beneficial Conversion Feature - The Company accounts for the issuance of detachable stock purchase warrants in accordance with APB No. 14, whereby it separately measures the fair value of the debt and the detachable warrants and allocates the proceeds from the debt on a pro-rata basis to each. The resulting discount from the fair value of the debt allocated to the warrant, which is accounted for as paid-in capital, is amortized over the estimated life of the debt. In accordance with the provisions of EITF Issue No. 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios” and Issue No. 00-27 “Application of EITF Issue No. 98-5 ‘Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios’ to Certain Convertible Instruments,” the Company allocates a portion of the proceeds received to any embedded beneficial conversion feature, based on the difference between the effective conversion price of the proceeds allocated to the convertible debt and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date the debt is issued. In addition, for the detachable stock purchase warrants, the Company first allocates proceeds to the stock purchase warrants and the debt and then allocates the resulting debt proceeds between the beneficial conversion feature, which is accounted for as paid-in capital, and the initial carrying amount of the debt.
In accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, the Company recognized the value of embedded beneficial conversion features of $192,382, $0 and $200,093 in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively as additional paid-in capital and these amounts were recorded as interest expense at the date of issue of the related convertible notes as all notes were immediately convertible.
Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and short term debt. The Company maintains its cash with a major financial institution located in the United States. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000 per account. Periodically throughout the year the Company maintained balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company encounters a certain amount of risk as a result of a concentration of revenue from a few significant customers and services provided from vendors. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of their financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and record s an allowance for potential bad debts based on available information. To date, such losses, if any, have been within management’s expectations.
F-12
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
The Company had two customers which accounted for 63% (42% and 21% individually) of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the Company had three customers which accounted for 42% (21%, 11% and 10% individually) of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company had two customers which accounted for 25% (14% and 11% individually) of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Four customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 (19%, 14%, 13%, and 11% individually) for a total of 57% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005. One customer had an outstanding accounts receivable balance in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 which represented 11.1% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2006.
Financial Instruments - At December 31, 2006, the carrying value of the Company’s cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and customer deposits, borrowings under line of credit facility, current portion of long-term capital lease obligations approximate fair value because of the short period of time to maturity. The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined using available market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value. Consequently, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange. At December 31, 2006, the carrying value of the long term portion of the Company’s capital lease obligations approximate fair value as their contractual interest rates approximate market yields for similar debt instruments.
Restricted Cash - Restricted cash is comprised of cash which is used to secure certain line of credit obligations. The Company repaid the related line of credit with restricted cash in September 2006.
Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
Segment and Geographic Information - The Company operates in one principal business segment primarily in the United States. All of the operating results and identified assets are located in the United States.
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share - Basic net loss per common share excludes dilution for potential common stock issuances and is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. As the Company reported a net loss for all periods presented, the conversion of promissory notes and the exercise of stock options and warrants were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per common share because their effect is anti-dilutive.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment,” which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123(R) supersedes SFAS 123 and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees and non-employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.
F-13
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective transition method” in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123(R) for all share-based payments granted and modified after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognized no compensation cost for employee stock options.
In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) which provides guidance regarding the application of SFAS 123(R). SAB 107 expresses views of the SEC regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, and certain SEC rules and regulations and provides the SEC’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from nonpublic to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first-time adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in an interim period, capitalization of compensation cost related to share-based payment arrangements, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the modification of employee share options prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and disclosures in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) subsequent to adoption of SFAS 123(R).
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. This Statement requires retrospective application of prior period financial statements of a change in accounting principle. It applies both to voluntary and to changes required by an accounting pronouncement if the pronouncement does not include specific transaction provisions. APB 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by recording the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 154 on January 1, 2006 and such adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements.
In September 2005, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-8, “Income Tax Consequences of Issuing Convertible Debt with a Beneficial Conversion Feature.” The Task Force concluded that the issuance of convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature results in a basis difference for the purposes of applying SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the basis difference is a temporary difference, and the recognition of deferred taxes for the temporary difference of the convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature should be recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. The consensus reached should be applied to financial statements beginning in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2005. This issue should be applied by retrospective application pursuant to SFAS No. 154 to all instruments with a beneficial conversion feature accounted for under EITF Issue No. 00-27, “Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments.” Therefore, this Issue would also be applicable to debt instruments that were converted (or extinguished) in prior periods but are still presented in the financial statements. The Company adopted the provisions of this Issue on January 1, 2006 and the adoption of this Issue did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
F-14
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. The interpretation provides guidance associated with the recognition and measurement of tax positions and related reporting and disclosure requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the interpretation will have on its financial statements. The interpretation will be effective for the Company beginning the first quarter of its fiscal year 2007.
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB 108 provides guidance on how the effects of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006. We are not aware of any misstatements that would have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not completed our assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements, but the adoption of the statement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This statement requires an employer to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. The statement is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The Company does not have a pension plan or other post retirement plan. As such there is no impact on the Company’s statement of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of this new standard will have a material effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
Reclassifications - Certain amounts previously reported for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been reclassified to conform with 2006 presentation. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company is reporting $225,000 of liabilities for disputes in accounts payable which had previously been reported within accrued expenses.
F-15
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 — Acquisition and Intangible Assets
In March 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”), a switchless reseller of wholesale long-distance services, for a combination of shares of common stock and cash. The Company acquired ATI to increase its customer base, to add minutes and revenue to its network and to access new sales channels. The initial portion of the purchase price included 308,079 shares of the Company’s common stock, a payable of $250,000 to be paid over the six-month period following the closing, of which $83,600 was paid in 2006 and the remaining $166,400 due was waived by the selling shareholders until it was paid in January 2007, and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital of $150,000. These amounts are payable to the former selling shareholder of ATI who was appointed President of ATI at the acquisition date. The amount of common stock consideration paid to the selling shareholder of ATI is subject to adjustment (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof at the option of the Company) if the trading price of the Company’s common stock does not reach a minimum price of $4.87 per share during the two years following the closing date. The value of this guarantee on the initial shares issued to the selling shareholder of ATI has been included in the Company’s determination of the purchase price of the ATI acquisition.
The selling shareholder of ATI may earn an additional 308,079 shares of the Company’s common stock and additional cash amounts during the two-year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability, which could make the total purchase price of this acquisition approximately $3.9 million. Any future earn-out will be added to goodwill.
The value of the Company’s stock given to the selling shareholder of ATI was determined based on standard business valuation approaches, including a discounted future cash flow approach and a capital markets approach. The discounted future cash flow approach uses estimates of revenues, driven by market growth rates, and estimated costs as well as appropriate discount rates. These estimates are consistent with the Company’s plans and estimates that management uses to manage the business. The capital markets approach to valuation was used by identifying publicly traded companies considered sufficiently comparable to the Company. In addition, the Company included the value implied by recent equity-related financings, the accretive value of its business from various milestones (key management hires, volume thresholds (minutes and revenues), inroads into the retail distribution channel, positive cash flow, etc.). There i s inherent uncertainty in making these estimates; however, management believes the value ascribed to the Company’s common stock given to the selling shareholder of ATI is reasonable as of the transaction date.
The net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at fair value. The Company determined the valuation of the identifiable intangible assets acquired in the transaction to be $182,620 using future revenue assumptions and a valuation analysis. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $1,800,347 associated with the purchase of ATI.
The consideration paid for ATI was comprised of:
Total amounts and notes payable to related party | $ | 400,000 | ||
Common stock (initial 308,079 shares issued) | 1,500,000 | |||
Direct acquisition related costs | 40,000 | |||
Total consideration | $ | 1,940,000 |
Any future earn-out payments will be added to goodwill.
F-16
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 — Acquisition and Intangible Assets - (continued)
The purchase price of ATI was allocated as follows:
Liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired | $ | (42,967 | ) | |
Goodwill | 1,800,347 | |||
Customer relationships | 182,620 | |||
Total purchase price | $ | 1,940,000 |
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Cash | $ | 458,761 | ||
Accounts receivable | 766,970 | |||
Other current assets | 10,479 | |||
Total current assets acquired | 1,236,210 | |||
Net fixed assets | 41,576 | |||
Total assets acquired | 1,277,786 | |||
Accounts payable | 589,777 | |||
Accrued liabilities | 730,976 | |||
Total current liabilities assumed | 1,320,753 | |||
Liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired | $ | (42,967 | ) |
Pro forma information (Unaudited)
The following unaudited condensed pro forma information presents combined financial information as if the acquisition of ATI had been effective at the beginning of each year presented. The pro forma information includes adjustments reflecting changes in the amortization of intangibles and the elimination of InterMetro’s revenues reported by ATI as if ATI had been included in the Company’s results of operations:
Year Ended December 31, 2005 | Year Ended December 31, 2006 | ||||||
Revenue | $ | 18,431,962 | $ | 22,182,084 | |||
Operating loss | $ | (588,434 | ) | $ | (12,124,403 | ) | |
Net loss | $ | (1,242,339 | ) | $ | (14,096,074 | ) | |
Basic and diluted earnings per share | $ | (0.05 | ) | $ | (0.54 | ) | |
Number of shares outstanding | 24,953,895 | 26,147,585 |
F-17
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3 — Other Current Assets
The following is a summary of the Company’s other current assets:
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
Employee advances | $ | 47,469 | $ | 57,919 | |||
Prepaid expenses | 32,054 | 157,030 | |||||
Other current assets | $ | 79,523 | $ | 214,949 |
4 — Property and Equipment
The following is a summary of the Company’s property and equipment:
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
Telecommunications equipment | $ | 2,095,517 | $ | 2,907,803 | |||
Computer equipment | 37,539 | 174,106 | |||||
Telecommunications software | 100,204 | 107,352 | |||||
Leasehold improvements, office equipment and furniture | 22,362 | 85,392 | |||||
Total property and equipment | 2,255,622 | 3,274,653 | |||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | (742,718 | ) | (1,637,907 | ) | |||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 1,512,904 | $ | 1,636,746 |
Depreciation expense included in network costs was $152,535, $558,358 and $734,121for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses were $11,285, $20,539 and $48,959 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
In May 2004, the Company entered in an agreement with a vendor to provide certain network equipment. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company can obtain certain telecommunications equipment with a total purchase price of approximately $5.2 million to expand its current operations. Repayment for these assets is based on the actual underlying traffic utilized by each piece of equipment, plus the issuance of a warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of the Company’s most recent financing price per share. For certain assets that can be purchased under this agreement, the Company has an option to issue a predetermined warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of the Company’s most recent financing price per share as full payment.
At December 31, 2005 the Company had purchased telecommunications equipment under this agreement totaling $1,439,222. No equipment was acquired under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2006.
For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company has reported $21,484 and $137,380, respectively, of stock-based compensation, and has capitalized into property and equipment an additional $67,253 and $269,012, relating to issuance of warrants to purchase 255,821 and 619,436 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock at prices ranging from $0.162 to approximately $0.268 per share related to the purchase of equipment under this agreement. There was no stock-based compensation related to the purchase of equipment under this agreement for the year ended December 31, 2006.
F-18
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
4 — Property and Equipment - (continued)
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
2004 | 2005 | ||||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-3.3% | 3.5%-4.3% | |||||
Expected lives (in years) | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | |||||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | |||||
Expected volatility | 52% | 44% |
In May 2006, the Company entered into a strategic agreement with a VoIP equipment and support services provider. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company can obtain certain VoIP equipment to expand its current operations. Repayment of these assets is based on the actual underlying traffic utilized by each piece of equipment or fixed cash payments. At December 31, 2006, the Company has purchased VoIP equipment under this agreement totaling $691,332.
5 — Accrued Expenses
The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued expenses:
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
Amounts due under equipment agreements | $ | 805,729 | $ | 1,355,326 | |||
Commissions, network costs and other general accruals | 487,324 | 3,310,148 | |||||
Deferred payroll and other payroll related liabilities | 500,997 | 529,351 | |||||
Interest due on convertible promissory notes and other debt | 316,885 | 195,658 | |||||
Funds held for payment to third parties | 278,361 | 437,538 | |||||
Accrued expenses | $ | 2,389,296 | $ | 5,828,021 |
6 — Series A Convertible Promissory Notes
Historically, the Company used capital raised through the issuance of promissory notes to fund a portion of its operations. The Company had no promissory notes outstanding at December 31, 2006, as all outstanding notes were exchanged for shares of common stock as part of the Business Combination as discussed below.
Issuances of Series A Convertible Notes - During November and December 2003, the Company issued $1,075,000 of Series A convertible promissory notes (the “First Round Notes”), bearing interest at a rate of 9% per annum, payable in arrears on the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes. During June and November 2004, the Company issued $916,824 of Series A convertible promissory notes (the “Second Round Notes”), bearing interest at a rate of 9% per annum, payable in arrears on the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes. In January 2006, as part of a series of transactions that included amending and restating the Loan and Security Agreement which governed the Company’s Series A Notes, the Company sold approximately $575,000 of additional Series A Convertible Notes (the “Third Round Notes”) through a private offering to the Company’s existing Series A Note holders, bearing in terest at a rate of 9% per annum, payable in arrears on the maturity date of the convertible promissory notes. The First Round Notes, Second Round Notes and Third Round Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) accrued interest was payable in additional Series A Convertible Notes.
F-19
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6 — Series A Convertible Promissory Notes - (continued)
Under the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement which governed the Notes, the First Round Notes had a maturity date in November 2006, the Second Round Notes had a maturity date in June 2007 and the Third Round Notes had a maturity date in January 2008. The entire principal amount of the Notes and accrued interest due, or any portion thereof, was convertible, at the option of the holder at any time into fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $0.20, $0.33 and $0.80 per share, respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections. Additionally, the Notes automatically converted into Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $0.20, $0.33 and $0.80 per share in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, subject to certain anti-dilution protections, on the date on which the Company’s common stock became publicly traded. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible in to approximately 0.118 shares, as adjusted for share splits, of Private Company Common Stock, and was required to convert into Private Company Common Stock upon certain events. No shares of Series A Preferred Stock were ever issued as the entire principal amount of the Notes and accrued interest due were exchanged directly for shares of common stock in the Business Combination.
Warrants Issued with Series A Convertible Notes - In connection with the issuance of the Second Round Notes, Noteholders were issued warrants to purchase approximately 2,157,422 shares of the Company’s common stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $0.162 per share and is subject to certain exercise price adjustments. The warrants expire on the later of (a) five years from the date of issuance or (b) five years from the date the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the warrants are registered for resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but in no case later than ten years from the date of issuance of the warrants. The Company allocated the proceeds received between notes and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, with the warrants associated with the Second Round Notes valued under the fair value method. The relative fair value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $123,132, and was recorded as an offset to the principal balance of the Second Round Notes and was amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method. The total expense recorded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $59,034 and $64,098, respectively.
In connection with the issuance of the Third Round Notes, Noteholders were issued warrants to purchase approximately 1,328,651 shares of the Company’s common stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $0.406 per share and is subject to certain exercise price adjustments. The warrants expire on the later of (a) five years from the date of issuance or (b) five years from the date the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the warrants are registered for resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but in no case later than ten years from the date of issuance of the warrants. The Company allocated the proceeds received between notes and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, with the warrants associated with the Third Round Notes valued under the fair value method. The value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $374,907 and was recorded as an offset to the principal balance of the Third Round Notes and was amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method. The total expense recorded by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $374,907.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-3.3% | 3.5%-4.3% | 4.2%-4.6% | |||
Expected lives (in years) | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | |||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | 0% | |||
Expected volatility | 52% | 44% | 84% |
F-20
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6 — Series A Convertible Promissory Notes - (continued)
Exchange and Cancellation of Series A Convertible Notes and Warrants - On December 29, 2006, all of the Noteholders entered into exchange agreements with Lucy’s Cafe to exchange their notes for common stock and warrants, if applicable, for warrants to purchase common stock. Pursuant to the exchange agreements, holders of First Round Notes received 10.4746 shares of common stock for each $1.70 of principal and accrued interest, holders of Second Round Notes received 10.4746 shares of common stock for each $2.805 of principal and accrued interest and warrants to purchase common stock in exchange for their warrants to purchase Private Company Common Stock, and holders of Third Round Notes received 10.4746 shares of common stock for each $6.80 of principal and accrued interest and warrants to purchase common stock in exchange for their warrants to purchase Private Company Common Stock. Accordingly, the Noteholders received an aggregate of approximately 13,732,379 shares of common stock in exchange for $2,566,824 of Series A Note principal and $545,009 of accrued interest and warrants to purchase approximately 3,486,073 shares of common stock in exchange for warrants issued in connection with the Second Round Notes and Third Round Notes. All of the Series A Convertible Notes were cancelled on December 29, 2006, and all rights of the Noteholders under the notes and the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement governing the notes, including rights of conversion, were effectively terminated. At the same time the Noteholders entered into the exchange agreements, all Noteholders entered into lock-up agreements prohibiting the sale of the common stock received by the Noteholders in the Business Combination, subject to certain exceptions, until one year after the effective date of the registration statement covering shares of common stock sold by the Company in the private placement which closed concurrently with the Business Combination on December 29, 2006.
7 — Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2006, no shares of preferred stock were authorized. Prior to the Business Combination, under InterMetro’s then effective Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Private Company Articles”), which were effectively replaced with the Company’s current Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation at the time of the Business Combination, the Company had authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which, 2,000,000, 2,000,000 and 500,000 shares were designated Series A, Series A-1 and Series B preferred stock, respectively. No shares of Series A or Series A-1 were ever issued. The Company had no Series B preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2006, as all outstanding Series B preferred shares were exchanged for shares of common stock as part of the Business Combination as discussed below.
Upon effectiveness of the Schedule 14C Information Statement initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007, the Company will file new Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation that will authorize 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
Historically, the Company used capital raised through the issuance of promissory notes convertible into shares of preferred stock and the issuance of preferred stock to fund a portion of its operations.
2006 Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock and Related Warrants - In February 2006, the Company concluded a private placement of 117,660 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 1,232,441 shares of common stock for total gross proceeds of $1.0 million. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.406 per share, at any time, for a period of two years after the termination date of the offering. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock was convertible into one share of Private Company Common Stock, $0.001 par value, at any time. The Company allocated the proceeds received between stock and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5 valued under the fair value method. The value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $440,010, and was recorded as an offset to the proceeds received of the Series B Preferred Stock. The Company incurred $14,450 of issuance cost associated with the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock. A member of management owned approximately 14% of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.
F-21
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7 — Preferred Stock - (continued)
The significant provisions of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock were as follows:
Dividends - Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of stock, all dividends declared were to be distributed among all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of our Private Company Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of our Private Company Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of the Series B Preferred Stock were converted into our Private Company Common Stock at the then effective Series B conversion price.
Conversion - Each share of Series B Preferred Stock was to be automatically converted into shares of Private Company Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series B Conversion Price immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock subject to certain requirements. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, the Series B Conversion price was $8.50 per share of Private Company Common Stock.
Liquidation Preference - Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment is made to the holders of any junior shares, as defined, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock were entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the original issue price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them (the “Series B Liquidation Value”). The aggregate Series B Liquidation Value was $1.0 million. If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company were insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Series B Liquidation Value, then such assets were to be distributed among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would have been otherwise be respectively entitled.
Exchange and Cancellation of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants - On December 29, 2006, all of the Series B Preferred Stock holders entered into exchange agreements with Lucy’s Cafe to exchange their Series B Preferred Stock for common stock and warrants to purchase Private Company Common Stock for warrants to purchase common stock. Pursuant to the exchange agreements, holders of Series B Preferred Stock received 10.4746 shares of common stock for each share of Series B Preferred Stock in the first phase of the exchange and will receive warrants to purchase common stock in exchange for their warrants to purchase Private Company Common Stock in the second phase of the exchange. Accordingly, the Series B Preferred Stock holders received an aggregate of approximately 1,232,441 shares of common stock in the first phase of the exchange and will receive warrants to purchase approximately 1,232,441 shares of common stock in the second phase of the exchange. All of the Series B Preferred Stock was cancelled on December 29, 2006 and all rights of the Series B Preferred Stock holders related to the Series B Preferred Stock, including rights of conversion, were effectively eliminated. At the same time the Series B Preferred Stock holders entered into the exchange agreements, all Series B Preferred Stock holders entered into lock-up agreements prohibiting the sale of the Company’s common stock received by the Series B Preferred Stock holders in the Business Combination until one year after the effective date of the registration statement covering shares of common stock sold by the Company in the private placement which closed concurrently with the Business Combination on December 29, 2006.
F-22
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8 — Common Stock
As of December 31, 2006, the total number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, was 50,000,000 of which 45,525,614 shares were issued and outstanding. An additional 14,049,580 shares of common stock will be automatically issued to certain InterMetro Investors as part of the Business Combination, as discussed below. The Company expects to increase its authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, by filing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation upon the effectiveness of the Schedule 14C Information Statement initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007.
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends ratably, if declared by the board of directors out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings for all purposes, including the election of directors. The holders of more than 50% of the common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders. The vote of the holders of a majority of common stock present at such a meeting will decide any question brought before such meeting. Upon liquidation or dissolution, the holder of each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to share equally in our assets legally available for distribution to such stockholder after payment of all liabilities and after distributions to preferred stockholders legally entitled to such distributions. Holders of common stock do not have any preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. All outstanding Shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of the common stock do not have any registration rights with respect to the stock.
Additional Shares Automatically Issuable in the Business Combination - As of December 31, 2006, there were 1,341,300 shares of Private Company Common Stock issued and outstanding that were not exchanged at the time of the Business Combination. Pursuant to the Business Combination, the 1,341,300 shares of Private Company Common Stock will be automatically exchanged for approximately 14,049,580 shares of Lucy’s Cafe common stock when the Company increases its authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, by filing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation upon the effectiveness of the Schedule 14C Information Statement initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007. Upon exchange by the InterMetro Investors of the Private Company Common Stock, all of the Private Company Common Stock will be cancelled except for 100 shares which will represent 100% of the outstanding stock of the wholly-owned subsidiary.
Sale of Private Company Common Stock to Employees and Advisor - In January 2004, the Company’s majority common stockholder set aside approximately 9,888,023 shares of common stock, as adjusted for share splits and the Business Combination in the event certain officers, employees and individuals exercised their option to purchase such shares from the stockholder. These options vested upon the Company’s engagement of an underwriter for the public offering of its common stock in January 2006. The Company determined that the granting of these options was a deemed capital contribution from the majority stockholder to the Company. In addition, the Company valued these options using the minimum value method at the date of grant which totaled approximately $29,408 which was deferred until the date the contingency of the vesting had lapsed. All of these shares of Private Company Common Stock were exchanged, or will be exchanged, for shares of the Company’s common stock as part of the Business Combination.
In December 2006, in a transaction related to the Business Combination, the Company’s majority common stockholder sold 2,500,000 shares of common stock to an advisor for a note in the amount of $150,000. The aggregate difference between the amount paid for these shares and the value of these shares based on the price of $1.00 per share paid by investors in the Private Placement was $2,350,000, and this amount was deemed a capital contribution from the majority stockholder of the Company.
F-23
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8 — Common Stock - (continued)
2006 Issuance of Common Stock - In December 2006, the Company entered into a Placement Agent Agreement with Hunter World Markets, Inc. as placement agent, pursuant to which Hunter World Markets, Inc. raised $10,235,000 of capital for the Company through a private placement (the “Private Placement”) of shares of common stock for $1.00 per share. The Company agreed to file registration statements to register the Private Placement shares, certain shares of common stock that were outstanding prior to the Business Combination (the “Existing Shares”), and the shares underlying bridge financing warrants and placement agent warrants issued to Hunter World Markets, Inc. and its affiliates in conjunction with bridge financing provided to the Company in December 2006 (See Note 11) and the Private Placement for resale. The Company agreed to use its best efforts to have (i) the registration statement for the Private Placement s hares (the “Initial Registration Statement”) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) the registration statement for the Existing Shares and the shares underlying the bridge financing warrants and placement agent warrants (the “Additional Registration Statement”) filed within six (6) months after the Initial Registration Statement is filed, and declared effective within 120 days thereafter. If the Company fails to achieve effectiveness within the prescribed periods, or maintain effectiveness, subject to certain exceptions, the Company will be liable to the holders for liquidated damages in the amount of 1% of the purchase price per month. In consideration for raising the capital, the placement agent was paid (i) a selling commission of $1,023,500, (ii) warrants to purchase 4,094,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share, an exercise period of five years from the date of issuance (nonexercisable for the first nine months), and a cashless exercise feature, and (iii) $435,000 for public company acquisition services.
The Company allocated the proceeds received between stock and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No 98-5 valued under the fair value method. The value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $2,774,636, and was recorded as an offset to the proceeds received from the sale of the common stock.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.7% | ||
Expected lives (in years) | 5 years | ||
Dividend yield | 0% | ||
Expected volatility | 94% |
In April 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 2-for-1 split of the Company’s Private Company Common Stock. The Company effected a 1-for-8.5 split of the Company’s Private Company Common Stock as a result of the conversion ratio in the reincorporation merger which occurred on July 21, 2006 and a 1-for-2 split of the Company’s Private Company Common Stock which occurred on September 27, 2006. On December 29, 2006, the Company issued 10.4746 shares of common stock for each share of Private Company Common Stock as part of the Business Combination. The common stock share information in the accompanying financial statements has been retroactively restated to reflect the effect of the stock splits and the Business Combination.
F-24
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 — Stock Options and Warrants
2004 Stock Option Plan - Effective January 1, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors, Officers, and Employees of and Consultants to InterMetro Communications, Inc. (the “2004 Plan”). All stock options to purchase Private Company Common Stock issued under the 2004 Plan were converted into stock options to purchase shares of common stock in connection with the Business Combination. The number of shares subject to the options and the exercise prices are presented on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The exercise periods and other terms and conditions of the stock options remained the same.
A total of 5,730,222 shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for share splits, had been reserved for issuance at December 31, 2005 and at December 31, 2006. Upon shareholder ratification of the 2004 Plan pursuant to the 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007, the Company will freeze any further grants of stock options under the 2004 Plan. Any shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan that are not needed for outstanding options granted under that plan will be cancelled and returned to treasury shares.
The number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under the 2004 Plan, as well as the exercise price of outstanding options, may be appropriately adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of common stock, merger, reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, change in our capital structure, or certain other transactions. The 2004 Plan terminates on January 1, 2014, unless sooner terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors.
Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or nonstatutory stock options and become exercisable in accordance with terms approved at the time of grant. Options may be granted to any employee of, or consultant to, the Company, or any parent, subsidiary or successor of the Company, including employees who are also officers or directors, selected by the Board of Directors in its discretion. The 2004 Plan is currently administered by the Company’s Board of Directors which has the authority to determine optionees, the number of shares covered by each option, the type of option (i.e., incentive or nonstatutory), the applicable vesting schedule, the exercise price, the method of payment and certain other option terms.
The exercise price of an option granted under the 2004 Plan may not be less than 85%, in the case of a nonstatutory stock option, or 100%, in the case of an incentive stock option, of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the option on the date of the option grant. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the stock subject to incentive stock options that become exercisable for the first time during any one calendar year exceeds $100,000 (as determined at the grant date) plus fifty percent (50%) of any unused limit carryover from prior years, the options in excess of such limit shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Options could be granted under the 2004 Plan for terms of up to ten years and were exercisable in installments in accordance with a vesting schedule approved by the Board of Directors at the time an option is granted. Options are not transferable other than upon death or between spouses incident to divorce. Options may be exercised at various periods up to 12 months after the death or disability of the optionee or up to three months after the termination of employment of the optionee, to the extent the option was then exercisable.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted options under the 2004 Plan to purchase up to 138,632 shares of the Company’s common stock at exercise prices of $0.41 (107,826 shares) and $0.97 (30,806 shares) to non-employees. The resulting charge, using the fair value method in the year ended December 31, 2006 was $187,982.
F-25
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 — Stock Options and Warrants - (continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted options to employees under the 2004 Plan to purchase up to 770,194 shares of the Company’s common stock at exercise prices of $0.41 (597,671 shares) $0.81 (92,428 shares), and $0.97 (80,095 shares). The resulting charge, using the fair value method in the year ended December 31, 2006 was $274,396.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company has granted a total of 5,714,819 stock options to the officers, directors, and employees, and consultants of the Company, 4,836,801 of which vest as follows: 20% on the date of grant and 1/16 of the balance each quarter thereafter until the remaining stock options have vested and 878,018 of which vest as follows: 50% on the date of grant and 50% at one year after the date of grant. These stock options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant and are exercisable at exercise prices ranging from approximately $0.04 to $0.97 per share.
The following presents a summary of activity under the Company’s 2004 Plan for the period for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006:
Number of Shares | Price per Share | Weighted Average Exercise Price | ||||||||
Options outstanding at January 1, 2005 | 4,189,840 | $ | — | $ | 0.04 | |||||
Granted | 616,153 | 0.22 to 0.27 | 0.25 | |||||||
Exercised | — | — | — | |||||||
Forfeited/expired | — | — | — | |||||||
Options outstanding at December 31, 2005 | 4,805,993 | — | 0.07 | |||||||
Granted | 908,826 | 0.41 to 0.97 | 0.52 | |||||||
Exercised | — | — | — | |||||||
Forfeited/expired | — | — | — | |||||||
Options outstanding at December 31, 2006 | 5,714,819 | 0.14 |
Additional information with respect to the outstanding options at December 31, 2005 and 2006 is as follows:
At December 31, 2005:
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | |||||||||||||||
Exercise Prices | Number of Shares | Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years) | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Number of Shares | Weighted Average Exercise Price | |||||||||||
$ 0.04 | 3,481,264 | 8.00 | $ | 0.04 | 2,088,761 | $ | 0.04 | |||||||||
0.04 | 154,038 | 8.25 | 0.04 | 132,148 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.04 | 431,307 | 8.50 | 0.04 | 363,531 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.04 | 123,231 | 9.00 | 0.04 | 123,234 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.22 | 277,269 | 9.75 | 0.22 | 69,625 | 0.22 | |||||||||||
0.27 | 338,884 | 9.75 | 0.27 | 84,404 | 0.27 | |||||||||||
4,805,993 | 2,861,703 |
F-26
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 — Stock Options and Warrants - (continued)
At December 31, 2006:
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | |||||||||||||||
Exercise Prices | Number of Shares | Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years) | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Number of Shares | Weighted Average Exercise Price | |||||||||||
$ 0.04 | 3,481,264 | 7.00 | $ | 0.04 | 2,785,011 | $ | 0.04 | |||||||||
0.04 | 154,038 | 7.25 | 0.04 | 146,336 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.04 | 431,307 | 7.50 | 0.04 | 394,338 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.04 | 123,231 | 8.00 | 0.04 | 123,231 | 0.04 | |||||||||||
0.22 | 277,269 | 8.75 | 0.22 | 138,634 | 0.22 | |||||||||||
0.27 | 338,884 | 8.75 | 0.27 | 152,498 | 0.27 | |||||||||||
0.41 | 705,495 | 9.00 | 0.41 | 305,304 | 0.41 | |||||||||||
0.81 | 92,423 | 9.00 | 0.81 | 36,969 | 0.81 | |||||||||||
0.97 | 110,908 | 9.25 | 0.97 | 52,681 | 0.97 | |||||||||||
5,714,819 | 4,135,002 |
During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:
Grants Made During Quarter Ended | Number of Options Granted (000’s) | Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share | Weighted Average Intrinsic Value Per Share | Weighted Average Fair Value Per Share | |||||||||
March 31, 2005 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
June 30, 2005 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
September 30, 2005 | 277 | 0.22 | 0.59 | 0.81 | |||||||||
December 31, 2005 | 339 | 0.27 | 0.62 | 0.89 | |||||||||
March 31, 2006 | 798 | 0.45 | 0.52 | 0.97 | |||||||||
June 30, 2006 | 111 | 0.97 | 0.74 | 1.72 | |||||||||
September 30, 2006 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
December 31, 2006 | — | — | — | — |
For option grants prior to January 1, 2006, the intrinsic value per share is being recognized over the applicable vesting period which equals the service period. For option grants during the year ended December 31, 2006 the compensation cost was determined based on the fair value of the options, and is being recognized over the applicable vesting period which equals the service period.
At December 31, 2006, 1,170,691 of the Company’s outstanding options were granted with exercise prices at below fair value. Compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in connection with these options was $5,277, $57,225 and $203,680 during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
F-27
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 — Stock Options and Warrants - (continued)
Agent Warrants - In December 2003, in connection with the issuance of the First Round Notes, a party related to certain of the Noteholders was appointed to act as an agent (“the Agent”) on behalf of the Noteholders to take various actions on behalf of the Noteholders as defined in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement. In addition, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Agent received warrants to purchase up to 1,621,479 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of approximately $0.0081 upon satisfaction of certain conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2004, warrants to purchase 1,080,989 shares of the Company’s common stock were earned, with a resulting charge, under the minimum value method, of $102,302. These warrants were subject to certain performance criteria by the Agent. The Company recorded this expense during the year ended December 31, 2004.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the remaining warrants to purchase 540,490 shares of the Company’s common stock were earned, with a resulting charge under the fair value method of $522,947 recorded in the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | |||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-3.3% | 3.5%-4.3% | 4.3% | ||||
Expected lives (in years) | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | 5 Years | ||||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | 0% | ||||
Expected volatility | 52% | 44% | 97% |
In May 2006, these warrants were exercised into shares of Private Company Common Stock and pursuant to exchange agreements, the shares were exchanged as of December 29, 2006 for 1,621,479 shares of common stock.
Financing Warrants - As a part of the Company’s issuances of its Second Round Notes, Third Round Notes and Series B preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to the participating investors. For a detailed description of the warrants issued in connection with the Second Round Notes and Third Round Notes, see Note 6. For a detailed description of the warrants issued in connection with the Series B preferred stock, see Note 7. On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with the Second Round Notes, Third Round Notes and Series B preferred stock entered into exchange agreements with Lucy’s Cafe to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase common stock.
Warrants Issued to Equipment Vendors - Historically, the Company has issued warrants to providers of equipment financing. For a detailed description of the warrants issued in connection with equipment financing arrangements, see Notes 4 and 12. On December 29, 2006, all of the holders of warrants issued in connection with equipment financing arrangements entered into exchange agreements with Lucy’s Cafe to exchange their warrants for warrants to purchase common stock.
F-28
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 — Stock Options and Warrants - (continued)
Related Party Warrant Agreement - In February 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with a related party pursuant to which the related party will receive warrants to purchase up to 1,232,305 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.008 upon satisfaction of certain conditions. These warrants have an exercise period of five years from the date of grant with an exercise price of $0.008 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2004, warrants to purchase 410,772 shares of the Company’s common stock were earned. The resulting charge, using the fair value method, was $13,802. During the year ended December 31, 2006, warrants to purchase an additional 410,772 shares of the Company’s common stock were earned, with the resulting charge, using the fair value method, of $396,956 recorded. On December 29, 2006, the related party entered into an exchange with Lucy’s Cafe to exchange the warrants for warrants to purchase common stock.
10 — Liability For Options
As of December 29, 2006 (the date of the Business Combination), the Company did not have a sufficient number of authorized shares for all share, option and warrant holders. Accordingly, the exchange of securities pursuant to the Business Combination is being implemented in two phases with the second phase being automatic upon the effectiveness of the Schedule 14C Information Statement initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007 and subsequent filing of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of the Company.
In the exchange agreements for the Business Combination, the InterMetro Investors agreed to defer the exchange of the warrants issued in connection with the Series B preferred stock and in connection with equipment financing and consulting agreements until such time that the Company has increased its authorized share count to 150,000,000 shares. Also, employees of the Company agreed to defer the exchange of their Private Company Common Stock until such time that the Company has increased its authorized share count to 150,000,000 shares. The exchange agreements did not provide for a deferral of exercise rights for options issued under the 2004 Plan and the Company did not have enough authorized shares to accommodate the exercise of these options. Accordingly, effective on December 29, 2006, options under the 2004 Plan were not exercisable concurrently on the closing of the Business Combination, but will become exercisable without further act on the part of the holder(s) thereof at such time as the Company has increased its authorized number of shares. The Company has determined that there is a liability for such options and has included the liability within the accompanying financial statements. In addition, no gain or loss on these securities was incurred for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Company calculated the value of those options, valued under the fair value method, that will be exercisable at a later date based on EITF No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The value associated with liability totaled $5,383,915, and was recorded as an offset to additional paid in capital for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.7% | ||
Expected lives (in years) | 3.6 years to 5.4 years | ||
Dividend yield | 0% | ||
Expected volatility | 84%-101% |
F-29
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11 — Credit Facilities
In August 2006, the Company entered into unsecured credit facilities of an aggregate of $525,000, with certain of its directors and officers, for general working capital. The facilities had one-year maturities and accrued interest on outstanding principal at 10% per annum compounded monthly. Principal and accrued interest were payable on August 31, 2007. The Company was also required to pay an origination fee of 7.25% of the maximum principal amount outstanding (during the term) on August 31, 2007 (or at the time of prepayment) and lender legal fees and other expenses of $9,500, or less, for each credit facility. Prepayment of the credit facilities required payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 15%, in addition to principal and accrued interest. In August and October 2006, the Company took advances of $450,000 and $75,000 under these facilities, respectively, and in January 2007 the Company repaid all of these facilities and all accrued fees and interest.
On or about December 14, 2006, the Company entered into a Term Credit Agreement pursuant to which it borrowed $600,000 from The Hunter Fund Limited, an unaffiliated lender, bearing no interest as long as there is no default, and all principal and accrued interest was to be payable on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Private Placement, or (ii) six months from the date of funding, or (iii) the effective date of the termination of the placement agent. The Company paid a bridge loan origination fee of $42,000 on the closing and was obligated to pay an additional fee of $75,000 on the maturity date of the loan. The financing was secured by certain assets of the Company. The Company was also obligated to pay $10,000 for the lender’s legal fees. Under the Term Credit Agreement, the Company was also obligated to issue the lender warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $0.60 per share, an exercise period of three years from the date of issuance and a cashless exercise feature. The bridge loan principal and all related fees and expenses were repaid in January 2007.
The Company allocated the proceeds received between stock and warrants in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5 valued under the fair value method. The value associated with the detachable warrants totaled $369,911, and was recorded as an offset to the proceeds received from the bridge loan.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.7% | ||
Expected lives (in years) | 3 years | ||
Dividend yield | 0% | ||
Expected volatility | 67% |
12 — Commitments and Contingencies
Equipment Leases - In February 2004, the Company entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $465,000. As part of securing this lease facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 143,261 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.16 per share. In August 2005, the Company entered into a similar non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to an additional $300,000. As part of securing this lease facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 56,018 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of approximately $0.27 per share. The resulting combined charge for warrants issued in connection with these lease arrangements in the year ended December 31, 2005, using the minimum value method, was $33,196. The future minimum lease payments are discounted using interest rat es of 18% to 28% over 18 to 30 months. Management believes that assets acquired under this lease facility meet the criteria to be accounted for as capital leases under SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases.”
F-30
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
12 — Commitments and Contingencies - (continued)
In May 2006, the Company entered into a non-cancelable lease agreement to purchase network equipment, software and other equipment up to $300,000. As part of securing this lease facility, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 21,567 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.97 per share. The resulting charge, using the fair value method, was $29,408.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | |||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.4%-3.3% | 3.5%-4.3% | 4.9% | ||||
Expected lives (in years) | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | 2.5 Years | ||||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | 0% | ||||
Expected volatility | 52% | 44% | 91% |
In connection with the Business Combination, holders of the warrants to purchase Private Company Common Stock issued as part of these agreements agreed to exchange these warrants for warrants to purchase common stock. The number of shares subject to the warrants and the exercise prices are presented as if the Business Combination had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The exercise periods and other terms and conditions of the warrants remained the same.
The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements expiring on various dates through 2008. Included in property and equipment, net are the following assets held under capital lease:
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
Telecommunications equipment | $ | 585,558 | $ | 696,010 | |||
Telecommunications software | 89,011 | 96,159 | |||||
Computer equipment | 27,567 | 32,936 | |||||
Leasehold improvements, office equipment and furniture | 7,836 | 7,836 | |||||
Total property and equipment under capital lease | 709,972 | 832,941 | |||||
Less: accumulated depreciation | (342,885 | ) | (588,686 | ) | |||
$ | 367,087 | $ | 244,255 |
F-31
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
12 — Commitments and Contingencies - (continued)
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases for the years following December 31, 2006 are:
2007 | $ | 192,330 | ||
2008 | 117,584 | |||
Total minimum obligations | 309,914 | |||
Less amounts representing interest | 62,054 | |||
Present value of minimum obligations | 247,860 | |||
Less current portion | 152,829 | |||
Total long term | $ | 95,031 |
Facility Lease - The Company leased its facilities under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in January 2006. In March 2006, the Company renewed its facilities lease for a period of three years at an annual expense of approximately $230,000. As part of the lease renewal, the Company has increased the size of the facilities leased and certain improvements to the facilities will be made by the building owner. Rent expense for the Company’s facilities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $110,000, $146,424 and $230,849, respectively.
Vendor Agreements - The Company has entered into agreements with its network partners and other vendors for various services which are, in general, for periods of twelve months and provide for month to month renewal periods.
It is not unusual in the Company’s industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to the amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of those services and the vendor. The Company currently has disputes with vendors that it believes did not bill certain charges correctly. While the Company has paid the undisputed amounts billed for these non-recurring charges based on rate information provided by these vendors, as of December 31, 2006, there are approximately $1.4 million of unresolved charges in dispute. The Company is in discussion with these vendors regarding these charges and it may take additional action as deemed necessary against these vendors in the future as part of the dispute resolution process. Management does not believe that any settlement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Management reviews available information and determines the need for recording an estimate of the potential exposure when the amount is reasonable and estimable based on SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”
Some local exchange carriers have asserted that past and current services are subject to intrastate and/or interstate access charges. Several proceedings at the FCC within the Company’s industry were initiated to address issues relevant to these claims. In April 2004, the FCC ruled that AT&T’s phone-to-phone IP telephone service is not exempt from access charges as an unregulated “information” service, finding that AT&T’s specific network architecture met the definition of a regulated “telecommunications” service. If it is determined that the Company’s services were subject to access charges, the Company may be subject to pay such charges. The Company also may find it uneconomical to prospectively offer some services if the Company is required to pay access charges. Some local exchange carriers invoice for these charges, others have not submitted such invoices. The Company has disputed these charges, however, regulatory actions or commercial agreements may cause the Company to pay these charges, which could have an adverse impact on our business.
F-32
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
12 — Commitments and Contingencies - (continued)
In June 2005, one of the Company’s network vendors indicated that they believe that they may be liable for a portion or all of certain types of access charges and that they may potentially pass those third party charges through to the Company because they believe that they have incurred these charges due to the Company’s use of their services. The Company provided this vendor with a good-faith cash deposit of $100,000 in June 2005 and they agreed to continue to provide services pending resolution of the third party charge issue. This vendor has not invoiced the Company for any of these third party charges and the Company does not know the total amount of potential invoices it may receive regarding this issue at this time. While management of the Company does not believe that any third party charges are owed to this vendor, management of the Company is currently working to settle this issue and the Company may be required to make additional cash payments, which payments could be significant. In October 2005, this vendor confirmed that actions taken by the Company to eliminate the potential for additional third party charges was successful and has eliminated these potential charges on a go-forward basis. An additional provider of similar services used for the origination of VoIP traffic has notified their customers that they do not have their approval to send certain types of VoIP traffic over their facilities. If the Company is unable to continue to use this vendor’s facilities, the Company would need to use different vendors to service a portion of its customer base and the cost structure to service its existing customer base would be adversely impacted and may negatively affect its ability to earn a profit. The Company is not currently able to estimate the impact, if any, these potential changes may have on its results of operations or financial position.
Consulting Agreement. On or about December 29, 2006, the Company entered into a three-year consulting agreement pursuant to which the Company will receive services related to strategic planning, investor relations, acquisitions, and corporate governance. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the Company is obligated to pay $13,000 per month for these services, subject to a minimum increase of 5% per year.
F-33
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13 — Income Taxes
At December 31, 2006, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income, if any, of approximately $7.2 million for Federal and State taxes. The Federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. The State net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2008.
The following is a summary of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities:
December 31, | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | ||||||
Current assets and liabilities: | |||||||
Deferred revenue | $ | 28,318 | $ | 337,553 | |||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | — | 50,000 | |||||
Accrued expenses | 146,463 | 127,478 | |||||
174,781 | 515,031 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (174,781 | ) | (515,031 | ) | |||
Net current deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — | |||
Non-current assets and liabilities: | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 34,734 | $ | 46,340 | |||
Net operating loss carryforward | 235,211 | 5,010,816 | |||||
269,945 | 5,057,156 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (269,945 | ) | (5,057,156 | ) | |||
Net non-current deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — |
The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Federal statutory tax rate | (34 | )% | (34 | )% | (34 | )% | ||||
State and local taxes | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||
Valuation reserve for income taxes | 40 | 40 | 40 | |||||||
Effective tax rate | — | % | — | % | — | % |
Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating the deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the net deferred tax assets to zero at December 31, 2005 and 2006.
F-34
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14 — Cash Flow Disclosures
The table following presents a summary of the Company’s supplemental cash flow information:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Cash paid: | ||||||||||
Interest | $ | 91,113 | $ | 452,788 | $ | 700,511 | ||||
Income taxes | $ | 800 | $ | 800 | $ | 800 | ||||
Non-cash information: | ||||||||||
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 1,500,000 | ||||
Net liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired in connection with acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 42,967 | ||||
Net liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired in connection with acquisition of InterMetro Communications, Inc. | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 138,077 | ||||
Equipment obtained under capital leases | $ | 442,286 | $ | 267,686 | $ | 122,969 | ||||
Equipment obtained by issuing common stock warrants | $ | 67,253 | $ | 269,012 | $ | — | ||||
Equipment obtained under strategic agreement | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 691,332 | ||||
Total amounts and notes payable to former shareholder of ATI | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 400,000 | ||||
Transaction costs accrued on acquisition of ATI | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 40,000 | ||||
Debt issuance costs | $ | 123,132 | $ | — | $ | 374,907 | ||||
Common stock issued in connection with private placement | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 10,235,000 | ||||
Cost of capital capitalized in private placement | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 6,645,806 | ||||
Liability for options and warrants | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 5,383,915 | ||||
Conversion of Series A Notes payable | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 3,111,833 | ||||
Debt issuance cost of Series B Preferred Stock | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 440,010 | ||||
Fair value of nonemployee option grants | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 190,378 | ||||
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 118 |
F-35
LUCY’S CAFE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15 — Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table sets forth the unaudited quarterly financial information for 2005 and 2006:
For the Quarter Ended | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, | June 30, | September 30, | December 31, | Total | ||||||||||||
Year Ended 2005 | ||||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 1,357,055 | $ | 2,348,357 | $ | 3,192,712 | $ | 3,682,475 | $ | 10,580,599 | ||||||
Net loss | (623,721 | ) | (104,404 | ) | (139,351 | ) | (244,339 | ) | (1,111,815 | ) | ||||||
Year Ended 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 3,120,933 | $ | 5,917,653 | $ | 5,886,418 | $ | 5,183,867 | $ | 20,108,871 | ||||||
Net loss | (2,746,798 | ) | (2,149,681 | ) | (2,863,569 | ) | (6,170,416 | ) | (13,930,464 | ) |
16 — Subsequent Events
In January 2007, the Company repaid $525,000 in advances and all accrued fees and interest with respect to certain credit facilities which the Company obtained in August 2006 from certain of its directors and officers for general working capital. For a detailed description of the terms of these credit facilities see Note 11.
In January 2007, the Company repaid the principal and all related fees and expenses with respect to the Term Credit Agreement, dated December 14, 2006, pursuant to which it borrowed $600,000 from The Hunter Fund Limited, an unaffiliated lender. For a detailed description of the terms of the bridge loan see Note 11.
Effective January 19, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive (the “2007 Plan”) for directors, officers, employees, and consultants to the Company. Pursuant to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007, the Company’s shareholders will ratify the 2007 Plan before January 19, 2008.
17 — Subsequent Event - Bridge Financing
In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors for general working capital. The terms of the secured notes are 18 months maturity with an interest rate of 10% per annum due at the maturity date. The secured notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is also required to pay an origination fee of 3.00% and documentation fee of 2.50% of the principal amount of the secured notes at the maturity date. Prepayment of the credit facilities requires payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 20%, in addition to principal, accrued interest and fees. The Company can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. In connection with the notes, 1.2 million warrants with an exercise price of $1.00 were issued representing two warrants for every dollar received. 600,000 of the total warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $1.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $1.00 and the Reference Price. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
The remaining 600,000 of the warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $2.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $2.00 and the Reference Price to a maximum value of $1.00. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
F-36
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Advanced Tel, Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and March 31, 2006 and the related statements of operations, shareholder’s equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended March 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Advanced Tel, Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and March 31, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended March 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
//s/ MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.
MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.
Los Angeles, California
August 25, 2006, except Note 7, as to which the date is September 27, 2006
F-37
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
June 30, | March 31, | |||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 805,301 | $ | 474,406 | $ | 458,761 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 554,652 | 1,091,484 | 766,970 | |||||||
Other current assets | 4,586 | 3,587 | 10,479 | |||||||
Total current assets | 1,364,539 | 1,569,477 | 1,236,210 | |||||||
Property and equipment, net | 37,018 | 48,605 | 41,576 | |||||||
Total Assets | $ | 1,401,557 | $ | 1,618,082 | $ | 1,277,786 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT) | ||||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 806,693 | $ | 745,319 | $ | 589,777 | ||||
Accrued expenses | 501,989 | 1,051,415 | 643,976 | |||||||
Income taxes payable | — | — | 87,000 | |||||||
Total liabilities | 1,308,682 | 1,796,734 | 1,320,753 | |||||||
Commitments and contingencies | ||||||||||
Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit) | ||||||||||
Common stock—no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding | 1,000 | 1,000 | 1,000 | |||||||
Retained earnings (deficit) | 91,875 | (179,652 | ) | (43,967 | ) | |||||
Total shareholder’s equity (deficit) | 92,875 | (178,652 | ) | (42,967 | ) | |||||
Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit) | $ | 1,401,557 | $ | 1,618,082 | $ | 1,277,786 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-38
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended June 30, | Nine Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||||||||
Net revenues | $ | 8,245,734 | $ | 8,298,825 | $ | 6,169,005 | $ | 8,495,783 | |||||
Cost of revenues | 6,369,024 | 6,935,898 | 4,905,594 | 6,979,907 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 1,876,710 | 1,362,927 | 1,263,411 | 1,515,876 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | 735,052 | 885,508 | 640,306 | 610,015 | |||||||||
General and administrative | 1,111,625 | 762,770 | 592,344 | 629,425 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 1,846,677 | 1,648,278 | 1,232,650 | 1,239,440 | |||||||||
Operating income (loss) | 30,033 | (285,351 | ) | 30,761 | 276,436 | ||||||||
Interest income | 8,750 | 14,624 | 10,611 | 11,249 | |||||||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes | 38,783 | (270,727 | ) | 41,372 | 287,685 | ||||||||
Provision for income taxes | (800 | ) | (800 | ) | — | (87,000 | ) | ||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 37,983 | $ | (271,527 | ) | $ | 41,372 | $ | 200,685 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-39
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Common Stock | Retained Earnings | Total Shareholder’s Equity | |||||||||||
Shares | Amount | (Deficit) | (Deficit) | ||||||||||
Balance at July 1, 2003 | 1,000 | $ | 1,000 | $ | 53,892 | $ | 54,892 | ||||||
Net income for the year ended June 30, 2004 | — | — | 37,983 | 37,983 | |||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2004 | 1,000 | 1,000 | 91,875 | 92,875 | |||||||||
Net loss for the year ended June 30, 2005 | — | — | (271,527 | ) | (271,527 | ) | |||||||
Balance at June 30, 2005 | 1,000 | 1,000 | (179,652 | ) | (178,652 | ) | |||||||
Dividend to shareholder | — | — | (65,000 | ) | (65,000 | ) | |||||||
Net income for the nine months ended March 31, 2006 | — | — | 200,685 | 200,685 | |||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2006 | 1,000 | $ | 1,000 | $ | (43,967 | ) | $ | (42,967 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-40
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended June 30, | Nine Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
(Unaudited) | |||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 37,983 | $ | (271,527 | ) | $ | 41,372 | $ | 200,685 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 12,829 | 12,060 | 9,000 | 9,000 | |||||||||
Change in assets and liabilities: | |||||||||||||
(Increase) decrease in assets: | |||||||||||||
Accounts receivable | 59,988 | (536,832 | ) | (286,332 | ) | 324,485 | |||||||
Other current assets | 52,414 | 999 | 2,658 | (6,893 | ) | ||||||||
Increase (decrease) in liabilities: | |||||||||||||
Accounts payable | 225,409 | (61,374 | ) | 143,176 | (155,542 | ) | |||||||
Accrued expenses | 309,882 | 549,426 | 76,304 | (407,439 | ) | ||||||||
Income taxes payable | — | — | — | 87,000 | |||||||||
Net cash from operating activities | 698,505 | (307,248 | ) | (13,822 | ) | 51,296 | |||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | |||||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment, net of refunds received | (23,944 | ) | (23,647 | ) | (17,182 | ) | (1,941 | ) | |||||
Net cash from investing activities | (23,944 | ) | (23,647 | ) | (17,182 | ) | (1,941 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | |||||||||||||
Dividend to shareholder | — | — | — | (65,000 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash from financing activities | — | — | — | (65,000 | ) | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 674,561 | (330,895 | ) | (31,004 | ) | (15,645 | ) | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year/period | 130,740 | 805,301 | 805,301 | 474,406 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year/period | $ | 805,301 | $ | 474,406 | $ | 774,297 | $ | 458,761 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-41
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts related to the nine months ended March 31, 2005 are unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Company Background - Advanced Tel Inc. (the “Company”) is a California corporation formed in August 1995 and is a “switchless” reseller, providing telecom services to commercial and wholesale customers.
In March 2006, the Company sold all of the outstanding stock to InterMetro Communications, Inc. (“InterMetro”), a California corporation formed in July 2003 to engage in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. InterMetro owns and operates state-of-the-art VoIP switching equipment and network facilities that are utilized by its retail customers, or end users, and its wholesale customers for consumer voice, video and data services and voice-enabled application services.
The initial consideration to the selling shareholder of the Company consisted of 308,079 shares of InterMetro’s common stock, a cash payment of $250,000 to be paid over the six-month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in the amount of $150,000. The amount of consideration paid to the selling shareholder of the Company is subject to adjustment (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof at the option of InterMetro) if InterMetro’s common stock does not become publicly-traded within two years of the closing date and if InterMetro’s common stock does become publicly traded within two years of the closing date, and the trading price does not reach a minimum price of $4.87 per share during the two years following the closing date. The selling shareholder of ATI may earn an additional 308,079 shares of InterMetro’s common stock and additional cash amounts during the two-year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability.
The Company recognized approximately $2.2 million of revenues during the nine months ended March 31, 2006 from InterMetro. In addition, the Company had a receivable balance of $75,129 from InterMetro at March 31, 2006.
Use of Estimates - In the normal course of preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
On an ongoing basis, management reviews its estimates based on currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Equivalents consist of money market cash funds with original maturities of 90 days or less.
Revenue Recognition - Telecom services are recognized as revenues when services are provided, primarily based on usage. The Company recognizes revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant Company obligations remain and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue consists of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which collection is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant Company obligations remain. Management of the Company assesses the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, management of the Company does not request collateral from customers. If management of the Company determines that collection of revenues is not reasonably assured, amounts are deferred and recognized as revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. To date, collection losses have been within management expectations.
F-42
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts related to the nine months ended March 31, 2005 are unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not charge interest on its trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. The Company determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowances may be acquired.
Cost of Revenues - The Company’s cost of revenues consist primarily of telecommunication costs incurred from underlying carriers which is resold to its customers.
Advertising Costs - The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $11,590, $8,655 and $8,655 for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, and the nine months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited), respectively. There were no advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses during the nine months ended March 31, 2006.
General and Administrative Expenses - The Company’s general and administrative expenses related to salaries of non-sales related employees, and other general overhead costs.
Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses were $12,829 and $12,060 for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses were $9,000 for both the nine months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006.
Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. The Company maintains its cash with a major financial institution located in the United States. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. Periodically throughout the year the Company maintained balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company encounters a certain amount of risk as a result of a concentration of revenue from a few significant customers and services provided from vendors. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation if their financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for potential bad debts based on available information. To date, such losses, if any, have been within management’s expectations. The Company had two customers which accounted for 48% (34% and 14%) of net revenue for the year ended June 30, 2004 and the Company had two customers which accounted for 22% (15% and 7%) of net revenue for the year ended June 30, 2005. One customer had outstanding accounts receivable balances of 17% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2004. Two customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2005 totaling 28% of the total accounts receivable at June 30, 2005 (16% and 12%). The Company had two customers which accounted for 21% (12% and 9%) of net revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited) and the Company had two customers which accounted for 39% (26% which was InterMetro and 13%) of net revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2006. Three customers had outstanding accounts receivable balances in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at March 31 , 2006 totaling 41% (20%, 11% and 10%).
F-43
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts related to the nine months ended March 31, 2005 are unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Depreciation and Amortization - Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:
Computer equipment | 3 years | |
Office equipment and furniture | 3 years | |
Leasehold improvements | 3 years or remaining lease term, which ever is shorter |
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant betterments are capitalized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - The Company assesses impairment of other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include:
· | significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; |
· | significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and |
· | significant negative industry or economic trends. |
When management of the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, the Company has not had an impairment of long-lived assets.
Contingencies and Litigation - The Company evaluates contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” and records accruals when the outcome of these matters is deemed probable and the liability is reasonably estimable. Management of the Company makes these assessments based on the facts and circumstances and in some instances based in part on the advice of outside legal counsel.
Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” which establishes standards for how to classify and measure certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities (or assets, in some circumstances) and equity. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.
F-44
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts related to the nine months ended March 31, 2005 are unaudited)
2— Property and Equipment
The following is a summary of the Company’s property and equipment:
June 30, | March 31, | |||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Computer equipment | $ | 105,895 | $ | 121,648 | $ | 123,090 | ||||
Office equipment and furniture | 17,714 | 24,391 | 24,920 | |||||||
Leasehold improvements | 4,458 | 5,675 | 5,675 | |||||||
128,067 | 151,714 | 153,685 | ||||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | (91,049 | ) | (103,109 | ) | (112,109 | ) | ||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 37,018 | $ | 48,605 | $ | 41,576 |
3 — Accrued Expenses
The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued expenses:
June 30, | March 31, | |||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Commissions, cost of revenues and other general accruals | $ | 355,313 | $ | 811,245 | $ | 516,673 | ||||
Customers funds held | 75,390 | 133,750 | 35,404 | |||||||
Funds held for payment to third parties | 71,286 | 106,420 | 91,899 | |||||||
Accrued expenses and other | $ | 501,989 | $ | 1,051,415 | $ | 643,976 |
4 — Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases its facilities under a month-to-month operating lease. In addition, the Company has entered into agreements with its network partners and other vendors which are, in general, for annual periods at inception and provide for month-to-month or annual renewal periods. Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 was $26,787 and $38,740, respectively. Rent expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006 was $28,177 and $31,724, respectively.
It is not unusual in the Company’s industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to the amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of those services and the vendor. To the extent that the Company is not able to resolve these disputes management reviews available information and determines the need for recording an estimate of the potential exposure when the amount is reasonable and estimable based on SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”
F-45
ADVANCED TEL, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts related to the nine months ended March 31, 2005 are unaudited)
5 — Income Taxes
The following is a summary of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities:
June 30, | March 31, | |||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||
Current assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||
Net operating loss carryforward | $ | — | $ | 35,216 | $ | — | ||||
Valuation allowance | — | (35,216 | ) | — | ||||||
Net current deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — |
The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:
For the Years Ended June 30, | For the Nine Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||||||||
Federal statutory tax rate | 15 | % | (33 | )% | 15 | % | 31 | % | |||||
State and local taxes | 6 | (6 | ) | 6 | 9 | ||||||||
Utilization of net operating loss | (19 | ) | — | (21 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
Valuation reserve for income taxes | — | 39 | — | — | |||||||||
Effective tax rate | 2 | % | — | % | — | % | 33 | % |
Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating the deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the deferred tax assets to zero at June 30, 2005.
6 — Cash Flow Disclosures
During the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company did not pay interest and in each year paid $800 of income taxes. The Company did not pay any interest during the nine months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006.
7 — Subsequent Event
In September 2006, InterMetro’s board of directors approved a 1-for-2 reverse split of the Company’s stock. All references to InterMetro’s share information in the accompanying financial statements has been retroactively restated to reflect the effect of the stock split.
F-46
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Intermetro Communications, Inc.
We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Intermetro Communications, Inc. as of September 30, 2007 and the related consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2007. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.
We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Intermetro Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated April 16, 2007, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2007 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.
MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.
Los Angeles, California
December 21, 2007
F-47
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in Thousands, except par value)
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
ASSETS | |||||||
Cash | $ | 151 | $ | 516 | |||
Cash held in escrow | 10,235 | — | |||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $125 at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 | 1,149 | 1,758 | |||||
Deposits | 220 | 204 | |||||
Other current assets | 215 | 404 | |||||
Total current assets | 11,970 | 2,882 | |||||
Property and equipment, net | 1,637 | 1,174 | |||||
Goodwill | 1,800 | 1,800 | |||||
Other intangible assets | 155 | 128 | |||||
Other long-term assets | 5 | 13 | |||||
Total Assets | $ | 15,567 | $ | 5,997 | |||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | |||||||
Accounts payable, trade | $ | 6,350 | $ | 8,986 | |||
Accrued expenses | 5,828 | 3,527 | |||||
Deferred revenues and customer deposits | 1,102 | 820 | |||||
Borrowings under line of credit facilities | 190 | 190 | |||||
Current portion of amounts and notes due to related parties | 410 | 106 | |||||
Current portion of long-term capital lease obligations | 153 | 195 | |||||
Liability for options and warrants | 5,384 | — | |||||
Borrowings under related party credit facilities | 1,125 | — | |||||
Total current liabilities | 20,542 | 13,824 | |||||
Capital lease obligations | 95 | 141 | |||||
Total long-term liabilities | 95 | 141 | |||||
Total liabilities | 20,637 | 13,965 | |||||
Commitments and contingencies | |||||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | |||||||
Common stock — $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 and 150,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007; 59,575,194 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 | 60 | 60 | |||||
Additional paid-in capital | 13,245 | 25,467 | |||||
Deferred stock based compensation | (373 | ) | (219 | ) | |||
Accumulated deficit | (18,002 | ) | (33,276 | ) | |||
Total stockholders’ deficit | (5,070 | ) | (7,968 | ) | |||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | 15,567 | $ | 5,997 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-48
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30 , | ||||||||||||
2006 | 2007 | 2006 | 2007 | ||||||||||
Net revenues | $ | 5,903 | $ | 5,709 | $ | 14,941 | $ | 15,879 | |||||
Network costs | 6,525 | 5,581 | 15,349 | 17,156 | |||||||||
Gross profit (loss) | (622 | ) | 128 | (408 | ) | (1,277 | ) | ||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (includes stock based compensation of $(21) and $11 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $46 and $32 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively ) | 663 | 477 | 1,472 | 1,586 | |||||||||
General and administrative (includes stock based compensation of $105 and $77 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $1,484 and $1,170 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively) | 1,103 | 1,719 | 4,745 | 6,494 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 1,766 | 2,196 | 6,217 | 8,080 | |||||||||
Operating loss | (2,388 | ) | (2,068 | ) | (6,625 | ) | (9,357 | ) | |||||
Interest expense, net (includes stock based charges of $62 and $0 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively and $509 and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively) | 230 | 157 | 895 | 297 | |||||||||
Loss on liability for options and warrants | — | — | — | 5,615 | |||||||||
Loss before provision for income taxes | (2,618 | ) | (2,225 | ) | (7,520 | ) | (15,269 | ) | |||||
Provision for income taxes | 1 | 5 | 1 | 5 | |||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,619 | ) | $ | (2,230 | ) | $ | (7521 | ) | $ | (15,274 | ) | |
Basic and diluted net loss per common share | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.04 | ) | $ | (0.31 | ) | $ | (0.26 | ) | |
Shares used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share | 24,646 | 59,575 | 24,646 | 59,575 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-49
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Dollars in Thousands)
(Unaudited)
Preferred | Additional | Deferred | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock | Common Stock | Paid-In | Stock Based | Accumulated | Stockholders’ | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Compensation | Deficit | Deficit | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2007 | — | $ | — | 59,575,194 | $ | 60 | $ | 13,245 | $ | (373 | ) | $ | (18,002 | ) | $ | (5,070 | ) | ||||||||
Amortization of stock-based compensation | — | — | — | — | 1,047 | 154 | — | 1,201 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of capital capitalized in private placement | — | — | — | — | 176 | — | — | 176 | |||||||||||||||||
Reclassification of Options and Warrants Liability to Equity | — | — | — | — | 10,999 | — | — | 10,999 | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 | — | — | — | — | — | — | (15,274 | ) | (15,274 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2007 | — | $ | — | 59,575,194 | $ | 60 | $ | 25,467 | $ | (219 | ) | $ | (33,276 | ) | $ | (7,968 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-50
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Thousands)
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||
2006 | 2007 | ||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | |||||||
Net loss | $ | (7,521 | ) | $ | (15,274 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 575 | 799 | |||||
Stock based compensation | 1,530 | 1,202 | |||||
Amortization of debt discount | 317 | — | |||||
Provision for bad debts | 125 | — | |||||
Charge for beneficial conversion feature of Series A convertible promissory notes | 200 | — | |||||
Loss on options and warrants | — | 5,615 | |||||
(Increase) decrease in assets: | |||||||
Accounts receivable | 106 | (609 | ) | ||||
Deposits | (126 | ) | 16 | ||||
Other current assets | (2,091 | ) | (189 | ) | |||
Other long-term assets | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | |||
Increase (decrease) in liabilities: | |||||||
Accounts payable, trade | 3,062 | 2,636 | |||||
Accrued expenses | 949 | (2,301 | ) | ||||
Deferred revenues and customer deposits | 739 | (281 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (2,138 | ) | (8,394 | ) | |||
Cash flows from investing activities: | |||||||
Decrease in restricted cash | 30 | — | ) | ||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (51 | ) | (79 | ) | |||
Net cash used in investing activities | (21 | ) | (79 | ) | |||
Cash flows from financing activities: | |||||||
Cash acquired in acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | 459 | — | |||||
Net proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible promissory notes | 565 | — | |||||
Net proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock | 986 | — | |||||
Proceeds from exercise of warrants | 13 | — | |||||
Payment of amounts to related party | (84 | ) | (304 | ) | |||
Net proceeds from related party credit facilities | 450 | — | |||||
Net proceeds from escrow for private placement | — | 10,235 | |||||
Cash refunded from reduction of private placement fees | — | 176 | |||||
Proceeds from line of credit | 190 | — | |||||
Repayment of line of credit | (30 | ) | (1,125 | ) | |||
Principal payments on capital lease obligations | (191 | ) | (144 | ) | |||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 2,358 | 8,838 | |||||
Net increase in cash | 199 | 365 | |||||
Cash at beginning of period | 565 | 151 | |||||
Cash at end of period | $ | 764 | $ | 516 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-51
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Company Background - InterMetro Communications, Inc., formerly Lucy’s Cafe, Inc., (hereinafter, “InterMetro” or the “Company”) is a Nevada corporation which, through its wholly owned subsidiary, InterMetro Communications, Inc. (Delaware) (hereinafter, “InterMetro Delaware”), is engaged in the business of providing voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) communications services. The Company owns and operates state-of-the-art VoIP switching equipment and network facilities that are utilized to provide traditional phone companies, wireless phone companies, calling card companies and marketers of calling cards with wholesale voice and data services, and voice-enabled application services. The Company’s customers pay the Company for minutes of utilization or bandwidth utilization on its national voice and data network and the Company’s calling card marketing customers pay per calling card sold. The Company’s business is located in Simi Valley, California.
On December 29, 2006, the Company consummated the acquisition of InterMetro Delaware, a privately-held company, through a merger transaction (the “Business Combination”) which resulted in a share exchange such that the InterMetro Delaware Investors became the controlling shareholders of InterMetro, and such that InterMetro Delaware became a wholly owned subsidiary of InterMetro. All costs associated with the Business Combination were expensed as incurred.
Pursuant to the Business Combination, the Company issued directly to the InterMetro Delaware Investors in two phases a total of approximately 41,540,194 shares of common stock in exchange for all of their issued and outstanding shares of common stock (the “Private Company Common Stock”) and preferred stock, and outstanding convertible promissory notes on an as converted basis. The first phase issuance occurred effectively on December 29, 2006 and included the issuance of 27,490,194 shares of common stock in exchange for the entire principal amount of the convertible promissory notes and accrued interest due, all outstanding shares of preferred stock and Private Company Common Stock held by non-employees, and a portion of the Private Company Common Stock held by employees. On May 31, 2007, the Company filed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation increasing the Company’s authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share, at which time the second phase of 14,049,580 shares of common stock were effectively issued in exchange for all of the remaining Private Company Common Stock held by the employees of InterMetro Delaware. All InterMetro Delaware securities were effectively cancelled except 100 shares of Private Company Common Stock which represent 100% of the outstanding stock of the wholly-owned subsidiary.
Basis of Presentation - For accounting purposes, the Business Combination was accounted for as a recapitalization of InterMetro Delaware. Accordingly, the historical financial statements of the Company reflect the historical operations and financial statements of InterMetro Delaware before the Business Combination.
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and information have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and in accordance with the instructions for Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The results for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. These statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 which are included in the Form 10-KSB filed by the Company on April 17, 2007.
All share and per share data provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements and in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the conversion ratio related to the exchange of shares in the Business Combination, unless otherwise stated herein.
The Company continues to require outside financing until such time as we can achieve positive cash flow from operations. In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors and can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. We anticipate completing the additional financing required but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing this required financing or that we will continue to expand our revenue base to the extent required to achieve positive cash-flows from operations in the future.
Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of InterMetro, InterMetro Delaware, and InterMetro Delaware’s wholly owned subsidiary, Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
F-52
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Use of Estimates - In the normal course of preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Beginning in the quarter ended December 2005, the Company began to significantly increase the sale of minutes through retail calling cards. During 2006, these increased sales provided additional data that allowed the Company to modify the process for estimating revenues for retail calling cards. The improved process resulted in a decrease in revenues of $55,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and $146,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared to the results for those periods if the Company had not modified the process.
Revenue Recognition - VoIP services are recognized as revenue when services are provided primarily based on usage. Revenues derived from sales of calling cards through retail distribution partners are deferred upon sale of the cards. These deferred revenues are recognized as revenue generally at the time card minutes are expended. The Company recognizes revenue in the period that services are delivered and when the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed and determinable, no significant Company obligations remain and collection is reasonably assured. Deferred revenue consists of fees received or billed in advance of the delivery of the services or services performed in which collection is not reasonably assured. This revenue is recognized when the services are provided and no significant Company obligations remain. Management of the Company assesses the likelihood of collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit worthiness of the customer. Generally, management of the Company does not request collateral from customers. If management of the Company determines that collection of revenues are not reasonably assured, amounts are deferred and recognized as revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.
Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not charge interest on its trade receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. The Company determines the allowance based upon historical write-off experience, payment history and by reviewing significant past due balances for individual collectibility. If estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts subsequently prove insufficient, additional allowance may be required.
Network Costs - The Company’s network costs consist of telecommunication costs, leasing collocation facilities and certain build-outs, and depreciation of equipment related to the Company’s network infrastructure.
Advertising Costs - The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $39,300 and $16,500 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively and $117,900 and $77,450 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Depreciation and Amortization - Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:
Telecommunications equipment | 2-3 years | |
Telecommunications software | 18 months to 2 years | |
Computer equipment | 2 years | |
Office equipment and furniture | 3 years | |
Leasehold improvements | Useful life or remaining lease term, which ever is shorter |
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant betterments are capitalized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - The Company assesses impairment of its other long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company include:
· | significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; |
· | significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and |
· | significant negative industry or economic trends. |
F-53
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
When management of the Company determines that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, an estimate is made of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows if not. To date, the Company has not had an impairment of long-lived assets and is not aware of the existence of any indicators of impairment.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets - The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. The Company accounts for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 142 also requires the Company to amortize intangible assets over their respective finite lives up to their estimated residual values.
Stock-Based Compensation - Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments,” which revises SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” issued in 1995. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions and related interpretations of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) applying the “modified prospective transition method” under which it continues to account for nonvested equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R) in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to adoption, that is, it would continue to apply APB 25 in future periods to equity awards outstanding at the date it adopted SFAS 123(R).
Under the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company has elected to continue to recognize compensation cost for employees of the Company under the minimum value method of APB 25 and comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements under SFAS 123 for all options granted prior to January 1, 2006. Stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net loss related to common stock options if options granted under the plan have an exercise price below the deemed fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services.” Effective January 1, 2006, the Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more readily measured. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.
The Company calculated the fair value of grants as described in SFAS 123 using the following average assumptions:
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.4 | % | 4.4 | % | |||
Expected lives (in years) | 4.5 Years | 4.3 Years | |||||
Dividend yield | 0 | % | 0 | % | |||
Expected volatility | 89 | % | 93 | % | |||
Forfeiture rate | 0 | % | 0 | % |
Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and short term debt. The Company maintains its cash with a major financial institution located in the United States. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000 per account. Periodically throughout the year the Company maintained balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company encounters a certain amount of risk as a result of a concentration of revenue from a few significant customers and services provided from vendors. Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of their financial condition. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for potential bad debts based on available information. To date, such losses, if any, have been within management’s expectations.
The Company had two customers which accounted for 27% (13% and 14%) of net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The Company has one customer which accounted for 11% of net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
F-54
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
One customer had an outstanding accounts receivable balance in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 which represented 11.1% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2006. No customer had an outstanding accounts receivable balance in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable at September 30, 2007.
Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
Segment and Geographic Information - The Company operates in one principal business segment primarily in the United States. All of the operating results and identified assets are located in the United States.
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share - Basic net loss per common share excludes dilution for potential common stock issuances and is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. As the Company reported a net loss for all periods presented, the conversion of promissory notes and the exercise of stock options and warrants were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per common share because their effect is anti-dilutive.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. The interpretation provides guidance associated with the recognition and measurement of tax positions and related reporting and disclosure requirements. The Company adopted this interpretation at January 1, 2007 and this did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB 108 provides guidance on how the effects of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006. The Company is not aware of any misstatements that have had a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows and SAB. No. 108 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This statement requires an employer to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. The statement is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The Company does not have a pension plan or other post retirement plan. As such there was no impact on the Company’s statement of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of this new standard will have a material effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS No. 141(R)” ). SFAS No. 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
F-55
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Early adoption of the statement is not permitted. Accordingly, SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an Amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries and for the deconsolidation of subsidiaries. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. The provisions of SFAS No. 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 160 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2 — Acquisition and Intangible Assets
In March 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Advanced Tel, Inc. (“ATI”), a switchless reseller of wholesale long-distance services, for a combination of shares of common stock and cash. The Company acquired ATI to increase its customer base, to add minutes and revenue to its network and to access new sales channels. The initial portion of the purchase price included 308,079 shares of the Company’s common stock, a payable of $250,000 to be paid over the six-month period following the closing and a two-year unsecured promissory note in an amount tied to ATI’s working capital of $150,000. These amounts are payable to the former selling shareholder of ATI who was appointed President of ATI at the acquisition closing date. The amount of common stock consideration paid to the selling shareholder of ATI is subject to adjustment (or the payment of additional cash in lieu thereof at the option of the Company) if the trading price of the Company’s common stock does not reach a minimum price of $4.87 per share during the two years following the closing date. The value of this guarantee on the initial shares issued to the selling shareholder of ATI has been included in the Company’s determination of the purchase price of the ATI acquisition.
The selling shareholder of ATI may earn an additional 308,079 shares of the Company’s common stock and additional cash amounts during the two-year period following the closing upon meeting certain performance targets tied to revenue and profitability, which could make the total purchase price of this acquisition approximately $3.9 million. The first pay-out for the one year period following the transaction close was due to be paid on June 30, 2007 , however, the earn-out provisions are subject to qualitative factors and we expect to negotiate with the seller to determine the amount of earn-out that will be paid. Consequently, the Company has not accrued an earn-out. The maximum amount that could be paid for this earn-out is 154,040 shares of the Company’s common stock.
The value of the Company’s stock given to the selling shareholder of ATI at the closing was determined based on standard business valuation approaches, including a discounted future cash flow approach and a capital markets approach. The discounted future cash flow approach uses estimates of revenues, driven by market growth rates, and estimated costs as well as appropriate discount rates. These estimates are consistent with the Company’s plans and estimates that management uses to manage the business. The capital markets approach to valuation was used by identifying publicly traded companies considered sufficiently comparable to the Company. In addition, the Company included the value implied by recent equity-related financings, the accretive value of its business from various milestones (key management hires, volume thresholds (minutes and revenues), inroads into the retail distribution channel, positive cash flow, etc.). There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates; however, management believes the value ascribed to the Company’s common stock given to the selling shareholder of ATI is reasonable as of the transaction date.
The net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at fair value. The Company determined the valuation of the identifiable intangible assets acquired in the transaction to be $182,620 using future revenue assumptions and a valuation analysis. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $1,800,347 associated with the purchase of ATI at the date of acquisition.
The consideration paid for ATI was comprised of (in thousands):
Total amounts and notes payable to related party | $ | 400 | ||
Common stock (initial 308,079 shares issued at closing) | 1,500 | |||
Direct acquisition related costs | 40 | |||
Total consideration | $ | 1,940 |
Liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired | $ | (43 | ) | |
Goodwill | 1,800 | |||
Customer relationships | 183 | |||
Total purchase price | $ | 1,940 |
F-56
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
2 — Acquisition and Intangible Assets - (continued)
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in thousands):
Cash | $ | 459 | ||
Accounts receivable | 767 | |||
Other current assets | 10 | |||
Total current assets acquired | 1,236 | |||
Net fixed assets | 42 | |||
Total assets acquired | 1,278 | |||
Accounts payable | 590 | |||
Accrued liabilities | 731 | |||
Total current liabilities assumed | 1,321 | |||
Liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired | $ | (43 | ) |
3 — Other Current Assets
The following is a summary of the Company’s other current assets (in thousands):
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Employee advances | $ | 58 | $ | 69 | |||
Prepaid expenses | 157 | 335 | |||||
Other current assets | $ | 215 | $ | 404 |
4 — Property and Equipment
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Telecommunications equipment | $ | 2,908 | $ | 3,218 | |||
Computer equipment | 174 | 174 | |||||
Telecommunications software | 107 | 107 | |||||
Leasehold improvements, office equipment and furniture | 86 | 85 | |||||
Total property and equipment | 3,275 | 3,584 | |||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | (1,638 | ) | (2,410 | ) | |||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 1,637 | $ | 1,174 |
Depreciation expense included in network costs was $169,580 and $243,088 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively and $520,545 and $747,396 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense included in general and administrative expenses was $13,031 and $10,056 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively and $36,380 and $24,724 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
In May 2004, the Company entered in an agreement with a vendor to provide certain network equipment. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company can obtain certain telecommunications equipment with a total purchase price of approximately $5.2 million to expand its current operations. Repayment for these assets is based on the actual underlying traffic utilized by each piece of equipment, plus the issuance of a warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the Company’s most recent financing price per share. For certain assets that can be purchased under this agreement, the Company has an option to issue a predetermined warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the Company’s most recent financing price per share as full payment. At September 30, 2007, the Company had purchased telecommunications equipment under this agreement totaling $1,439,222, of which $668,838 and $1.0 million remained to be paid at September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006 respectively. The Company is currently in discussions with the equipment vendor to determine a payment plan for the remaining balance.
F-57
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
4 — Property and Equipment - (continued)
In May 2006, the Company entered into a strategic agreement with a VoIP equipment and support services provider. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company can obtain certain VoIP equipment to expand its current operations. Repayment of these assets is based on the actual underlying traffic utilized by each piece of equipment or fixed cash payments. At September 30, 2007, the Company has purchased VoIP equipment under this agreement totaling $691,332. At December 31, 2006 the entire balance remained outstanding and at September 30, 2007 $16,859 of this amount has been paid and an additional $34,888 has been accrued to be paid based on traffic utilization. Subsequent to entering into this agreement, the Company and the equipment provider agreed to delay the initial payment for the equipment until November 2006. Since there was no agreement in place to defer any payments past November 2006, for the two months ended December 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company expensed an estimate of potential interest due based on the value of the equipment. In May 2007, the Company and the equipment provider agreed that payments would begin for the month ended June 30, 2007 and the Company would not incur any charges for the deferment. Accordingly, in the quarter ending June 30, 2006 the Company reversed the prior periods’ interest expense estimate totaling $90,000.
5 — Accrued Expenses
The following is a summary of the Company’s accrued expenses (in thousands):
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Amounts due under equipment agreements | $ | 1,355 | $ | 1,307 | |||
Commissions, network costs and other general accruals | 3,310 | 1,167 | |||||
Deferred payroll and other payroll related liabilities | 529 | 572 | |||||
Interest due on convertible promissory notes and other debt | 196 | 83 | |||||
Funds held for payment to third parties | 438 | 398 | |||||
Accrued expenses | $ | 5,828 | $ | 3,527 |
6 — Common and Preferred Stock
Common Stock - As of December 31, 2006, the total number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, was 50,000,000 of which 45,525,614 shares were issued and outstanding. An additional 14,049,580 shares of common stock were effectively issued to certain InterMetro Investors in conjunction with the May 31, 2007 filing of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation which increased the Company’s authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000, par value $0.001 per share. Upon this exchange by InterMetro Delaware investors of the Private Company Common Stock, all of the Private Company Stock is now cancelled except for 100 shares which represent 100% of the outstanding stock of InterMetro Delaware.
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends ratably, if declared by the board of directors out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings for all purposes, including the election of directors. The holders of more than 50% of the common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders. The vote of the holders of a majority of common stock present at such a meeting will decide any question brought before such meeting. Upon liquidation or dissolution, the holder of each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to share equally in our assets legally available for distribution to such stockholder after payment of all liabilities and after distributions to preferred stockholders legally entitled to such distributions. Holders of common stock do not have any preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.
F-58
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
6 — Common and Preferred Stock - (continued)
Registration Rights - In conjunction with a private placement of shares of common stock which the Company completed in December 2006, the Company agreed to file registration statements to register the private placement shares, certain shares of common stock that were outstanding prior to the Business Combination (the “Existing Shares”), and shares underlying bridge financing warrants and placement agent warrants issued to Hunter World Markets, Inc. and its affiliates in conjunction with bridge financing provided to the Company in December 2006 (See Note 9) and the above mentioned private placement for resale. The registration statement for the private placement shares (the “Initial Registration Statement”) was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2007. The Company agreed to use its best efforts to have the registration statement for the Existing Shares and the shares underlying the bridge financing warrants and placement agent warrants filed within ten (10) business days following the date six (6) months after the filing of the Initial Registration Statement, and declared effective within 120 days thereafter. No other holders of the common stock have any registration rights with respect to the common stock.
Preferred Stock - As of December 31, 2006, no shares of preferred stock were authorized. On May 31, 2007, the Company filed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorizing 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which are issued and outstanding.
7 — Stock Options and Warrants
2004 Stock Option Plan - Effective January 1, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors, Officers, and Employees of and Consultants to InterMetro Communications, Inc. (the “2004 Plan”). All stock options to purchase Private Company Common Stock issued under the 2004 Plan were converted into stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the Business Combination. The number of shares subject to the options and the exercise prices are presented on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The exercise periods and other terms and conditions of the stock options remained the same.
A total of 5,730,222 shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for share splits, had been reserved for issuance at December 31, 2006 and at September 30, 2007. Upon shareholder ratification of the 2004 Plan pursuant to the definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2007, the Company froze any further grants of stock options under the 2004 Plan. Any shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan that are not needed for outstanding options granted under that plan will be cancelled and returned to treasury shares.
As of September 30, 2007, the Company had granted a total of 5,714,819 stock options to the officers, directors, and employees, and consultants of the Company, 4,836,801 of which vest as follows: 20% on the date of grant and 1/16 of the balance each quarter thereafter until the remaining stock options have vested and 878,018 of which vest as follows: 50% on the date of grant and 50% at one year after the date of grant. These stock options are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant and are exercisable at exercise prices ranging from approximately $0.04 to $0.97 per share.
The following presents a summary of activity under the Company’s 2004 Plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited):
Number of Shares | Price per Share | Weighted Average Exercise Price | ||||||||
Options outstanding at January 1, 2007 | 5,714,819 | $ | — | $ | 0.14 | |||||
Granted | — | — | — | |||||||
Exercised | — | — | — | |||||||
Cancelled/expired | 15,404 | 0.04 | ||||||||
Forfeited | 292,673 | — | 0.04 | |||||||
Options outstanding at September 30, 2007 | 5,406,742 | — | 0.14 | |||||||
Options exercisable at September 30, 2007 | 4,729,590 |
F-59
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
7 — Stock Options and Warrants - (continued)
For option grants prior to January 1, 2006, the intrinsic value per share is being recognized over the applicable vesting period which equals the service period. For option grants during the year ended December 31, 2006 the compensation cost was determined based on the fair value of the options and is being recognized over the applicable vesting period which equals the service period.
At September 30, 2007, 1,170,691 of the Company’s outstanding options were granted with exercise prices at or below fair value. Compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in connection with these options was $51,000 and $51,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively and $153,000 and $153,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Effective January 19, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) for directors, officers, employees, and consultants to the Company. Pursuant to the definitive Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2007, the Company’s shareholders ratified the 2007 Plan.
In May 2007 warrants to purchase 410,761 shares of the Company’s common stock were earned by a consultant to the Company, with a resulting charge under the fair value method of $818,984. This amount was recorded in general and administrative expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123(R) using the following assumptions:
September 30, 2007 | ||||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.8 | % | ||
Expected lives (in years) | 5 Years | |||
Dividend yield | 0 | % | ||
Expected volatility | 92 | % | ||
Forfeiture rate | 0 | % |
8 — Liability For Options
As of December 29, 2006 (the date of the Business Combination), the Company did not have a sufficient number of authorized shares for all share, option and warrant holders. Accordingly, the exchange of securities pursuant to the Business Combination was implemented in two phases with the second phase being automatic upon the filing on May 31, 2007 of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation which increased the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock to 150,000,000 shares.
In the exchange agreements for the Business Combination, the InterMetro Delaware investors agreed to defer the exchange of certain warrants until such time that the Company increased the number of its authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000. Also, employees of the Company agreed to defer the exchange of a portion of their Private Company Common Stock until such time that the Company had increased the number of its authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000. The exchange agreements did not provide for a deferral of exercise rights for options issued under the 2004 Plan and the Company did not have enough authorized shares to accommodate the exercise of these options. Accordingly, effective on December 29, 2006, options under the 2004 Plan were not exercisable concurrently on the closing of the Business Combination and the Company determined that there was a liability for such options and included the liability within the accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. The options became exercisable without further act on the part of the holders thereof on May 31, 2007.
The Company calculated the value of those options, valued under the fair value method, which would be exercisable at a later date based on EITF No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The value associated with the liability was estimated at $5,383,915 at December 29, 2006, the date of the Business Combination, and was recorded as an offset to additional paid in capital on that date. At December 31, 2006, the Company estimated that there had been no change in the value of these options since the date of the Business Combination. The Company determined the fair market value of this liability to be $11,012,753 at March 31, 2007 and as such recorded a derivative loss of $5,628,838 for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The Company determined the fair market value of this liability to be $10,999,225 at May 31, 2007 and as such recorded a derivative gain of $13,528 for the three months ended June 30, 2007. On May 31, 2007 the Company increased the number of its authorized shares of common stock and determined that as of that date there was no longer a liability for the options and the value associated with the liability was credited to additional paid in capital.
F-60
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
8 — Liability For Options - (continued)
The Company calculated the fair value of these grants as described in SFAS 123R and EITF 00-19 using the following assumptions:
December 31, 2006 | March 31, 2007 | June 30, 2007 | ||||||||
Risk-free interest rate | 4.7 | % | 4.5 | % | 4.8 | % | ||||
Expected lives (in years) | 3.6 years to 5.4 years | 3.5 years to 5.3 years | 2.8 years to 4.5 years | |||||||
Dividend yield | 0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % | ||||
Expected volatility | 84%-101 | % | 77%-93 | % | 65%-92 | % |
9 — Credit Facilities
In August 2006, the Company entered into unsecured credit facilities of an aggregate of $525,000, with certain of its directors and officers, for general working capital. The facilities had one-year maturities and accrued interest on outstanding principal at 10% per annum compounded monthly. Principal and accrued interest were payable on August 31, 2007. In January 2007 the Company repaid all of these facilities and all accrued fees and interest.
On or about December 14, 2006, the Company entered into a Term Credit Agreement pursuant to which it borrowed $600,000 from The Hunter Fund Limited, an unaffiliated lender, bearing no interest as long as there is no default, and all principal and accrued interest was to be payable on the earlier of (i) the closing of the private placement, or (ii) six months from the date of funding, or (iii) the effective date of the termination of the placement agent. The bridge loan principal and all related fees and expenses were repaid in January 2007.
10 — Commitments and Contingencies
Vendor Agreements - The Company has entered into agreements with its network partners and other vendors for various services which are, in general, for periods of twelve months and provide for month to month renewal periods.
It is not unusual in the Company’s industry to occasionally have disagreements with vendors relating to the amounts billed for services provided between the recipient of those services and the vendor. The Company currently has disputes with vendors that it believes did not bill certain charges correctly. While the Company has paid the undisputed amounts billed for these non-recurring charges based on rate information provided by these vendors, as of September 30, 2007, there are approximately $1.7 million of unresolved charges in dispute and the Company has not recorded a net liability for the unresolved charges. The Company is in discussion with these vendors regarding these charges and it may take additional action as deemed necessary against these vendors in the future as part of the dispute resolution process. Management does not believe that any settlement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Management reviews available information and determines the need for recording an estimate of the potential exposure when the amount is probable, reasonable and estimable based on SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”
Some local exchange carriers have asserted that past and current services are subject to intrastate and/or interstate access charges. Several proceedings at the FCC within the Company’s industry were initiated to address issues relevant to these claims. In April 2004, the FCC ruled that AT&T’s phone-to-phone IP telephone service is not exempt from access charges as an unregulated “information” service, finding that AT&T’s specific network architecture met the definition of a regulated “telecommunications” service. If it is determined that the Company’s services were subject to access charges, the Company may be subject to pay such charges. The Company also may find it uneconomical to prospectively offer some services if the Company is required to pay access charges. Some local exchange carriers invoice for these charges, others have not submitted such invoices. The Company has disputed these charges, however, regulatory actions or commercial agreements may cause the Company to pay these charges, which could have an adverse impact on our business.
Consulting Agreement. On or about December 29, 2006, the Company entered into a three-year consulting agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which the Company will receive services related to strategic planning, investor relations, acquisitions, and corporate governance. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the Company is obligated to pay $13,000 per month for these services, subject to a minimum increase of 5% per year and recorded $39,000 professional services expense for consulting in the three months ending September 30, 2007.
F-61
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
11 — Income Taxes
At December 31, 2006, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income, if any, of approximately $7.2 million for Federal and State taxes. The Federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. The State net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2008.
The following is a summary of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):
December 31, 2006 | September 30, 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Current assets and liabilities: | |||||||
Current assets: | |||||||
Deferred revenue | $ | 338 | $ | — | |||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | 50 | — | |||||
Accrued expenses | 127 | — | |||||
515 | — | ||||||
Current liabilities: | |||||||
Deferred revenue | — | 46 | |||||
Accrued expenses | — | (197 | ) | ||||
— | (151 | ) | |||||
Valuation allowance | (515 | ) | 151 | ||||
Net current deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — | |||
Non-current assets and liabilities: | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 46 | $ | 40 | |||
Net operating loss carryforward | 5,011 | 6,217 | |||||
5,057 | 6,257 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (5,057 | ) | (6,257 | ) | |||
Net non-current deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — |
The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||
2006 | 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Federal statutory tax rate | (34 | )% | (34 | )% | |||
State and local taxes | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | |||
Valuation reserve for income taxes | 40 | 40 | |||||
Effective tax rate | — | % | — | % |
Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character within the carryforward period permitted by current law to allow for the utilization of certain of the deductible amounts generating the deferred tax assets; therefore, a full valuation allowance has been established to reduce the net deferred tax assets to zero at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007.
F-62
INTERMETRO COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
12 — Cash Flow Disclosures
The table following presents a summary of the Company’s supplemental cash flow information (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||
2006 | 2007 | ||||||
(unaudited) | |||||||
Cash paid: | |||||||
Interest | $ | 225 | $ | 209 | |||
Non-cash information: | |||||||
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | $ | 1,500 | $ | — | |||
Net liabilities assumed in excess of net assets acquired in connection with acquisition of Advanced Tel, Inc. | $ | 43 | $ | — | |||
Equipment obtained under strategic agreement | $ | 691 | $ | — | |||
Equipment obtained under capital leases | $ | 89 | $ | 233 | |||
Total amounts and notes payable to former shareholder of ATI | $ | 400 | $ | — | |||
Transaction costs accrued on acquisition of ATI | $ | 40 | $ | — | |||
Debt issuance costs | $ | 375 | $ | — |
13 — Subsequent Event
In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors for general working capital. The terms of the secured notes are 18 months maturity with an interest rate of 10% per annum due at the maturity date. The secured notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is also required to pay an origination fee of 3.00% and documentation fee of 2.50% of the principal amount of the secured notes at the maturity date. Prepayment of the credit facilities requires payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 20%, in addition to principal, accrued interest and fees. The Company can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. In connection with the notes, 1.2 million warrants with an exercise price of $1.00 were issued representing two warrants for every dollar received. 600,000 of the total warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $1.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $1.00 and the Reference Price. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
The remaining 600,000 of the warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $2.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $2.00 and the Reference Price to a maximum value of $1.00. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
F-63
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Under Nevada General Corporation Law and our Articles of Incorporation, our directors will have no personal liability to us or our shareholders for monetary damages incurred as the result of the breach or alleged breach by a director of his “duty of care.” This provision does not apply to the directors’ (i) acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing and culpable violation of law, (ii) acts or omissions that a director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of the director, (iii) approval of any transaction from which a director derives an improper personal benefit, (iv) acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for the director’s duty to the corporation of its shareholders in circumstances in which the director was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of performing a director’s duties, of a risk of serious injury to the corporation or its shareholders, (v) acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director’s duty to the corporation or its shareholders, or (vi) approval of an unlawful dividend, distribution, stock repurchase or redemption. This provision would generally absolve directors of personal liability for negligence in the performance of duties including gross negligence.
Insofar as an indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission each indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the Shares being registered hereby. All of the amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) registration fee.
Commission Registration Fee | $ | 457 | ||
Accounting Fees and Expenses | $ | 12,000 | ||
Legal Fees and Expenses | $ | 5,000 | ||
Printing and Engraving Expenses | $ | 5,000 | ||
Transfer Agent Fees | $ | 1,000 | ||
Total | $ | 23,457 |
Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In November and December 2007, the Company received $600,000 pursuant to the sale of secured notes with individual investors for general working capital. The terms of the secured notes are 18 months maturity with an interest rate of 10% per annum due at the maturity date. The secured notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is also required to pay an origination fee of 3.00% and documentation fee of 2.50% of the principal amount of the secured notes at the maturity date. Prepayment of the credit facilities requires payment of interest that would have accrued through maturity, discounted by 20%, in addition to principal, accrued interest and fees. The Company can continue to sell similar secured notes up to a maximum offering of $3 million. In connection with the notes, 1.2 million warrants with an exercise price of $1.00 were issued representing two warrants for every dollar received. 600,000 of the total warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $1.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $1.00 and the Reference Price. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
The remaining 600,000 of the warrants issued in this financing, if they are still held by the lenders at February 1, 2009, will be entitled to receive a payment (the “Reference Payment”) to the extent that the volume weighted average price per share for the 30 trading days ending January 30, 2009 (the “Reference Price”) is less than $2.00. The Reference Payment will be equal to the difference between $2.00 and the Reference Price to a maximum value of $1.00. The Company, in its sole discretion, will have the right, but not the obligation, to make this payment by issuing Common Stock, in lieu of cash, but in no event will the amount of stock issued be more than one share per dollar invested by the lenders.
II-1
In December 2006, in connection with our Private Placement of 10,235,000 shares of common stock, we issued the placement agent warrants to purchase 4,094,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $1.50 per share, an exercise period of five years, and a cashless exercise feature. The issuance was made pursuant to Rule 506.
Item 27. Exhibits
3.1* | Articles of Incorporation | |
3.2** | Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation | |
3.3**+ | Amended and Restated Bylaws | |
4.1* | Specimen Certificate for Common Stock | |
4.2** | 2004 Stock Option Plan | |
4.3** | 2007 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan | |
4.4** | Form of Stock Option Agreement | |
4.5**** | Form of Placement Agent Warrant | |
4.6**** | Form of Bridge Financing Warrant | |
4.7*** | Form of Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
4.8*** | Credit Term Agreement for the Bridge Financing, dated December 14, 2006 | |
4.9*** | Initial Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
4.10*** | Additional Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
4.11**** | Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 30, 2006 between InterMetro and David Singer | |
5.1 ***** | Opinion of Richardson & Associates as to the legality of the securities being registered | |
9.1*** | Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
9.2*** | Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
10.1**** | Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro and Charles Rice, as amended | |
10.2**** | Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro and Jon deOng, as amended | |
10.3**** | Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InterMetro and Vincent Arena, as amended | |
10.4**** | Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 2006 between Advanced Tel, Inc. and David Singer | |
10.5****† | Strategic Agreement dated as of May 2, 2004 between InterMetro and Qualitek Services, Inc. | |
10.6****† | Strategic Agreement dated as of May 2, 2006 between InterMetro and Cantata Technology, Inc. | |
10.7**** | Office Lease between InterMetro and Pacific Simi Associates, LLC dated as of April 6, 2006 | |
10.8****† | Services Agreement between InterMetro and 99¢ Only Stores | |
10.9**** | Form of Indemnification Agreement | |
10.10*** | Placement Agent Agreement for the Private Placement, dated December 14, 2006 | |
10.11*** | Consulting Agreement with Advisor, dated as of December 29, 2006 | |
21.1**** | Subsidiaries of InterMetro Communications, Inc. | |
23.1 | Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. | |
24.1 | Power of Attorney (contained on Page II-5 , hereof.) |
* | Incorporated by reference to the SB-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission dated May 15, 2002. |
** | Incorporated by reference to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2007. |
**+ | Incorporated by reference to the Form 8K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission dated June 28, 2007. |
II-2
*** | Incorporated by reference to the Form 8K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission dated January 8, 2007. |
**** | Incorporated by reference to the SB-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission dated February 9, 2007. |
***** | To be filed by amendment. |
† | Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit which have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
Item 28. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to:
(a) (1) File, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:
(i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) Include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.
(2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering.
(3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.
(4) For determining liability of the undersigned registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(1) If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B:
(i) Each prospectus filed by the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
II-3
(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or
(2) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C,
Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Simi Valley, State of California, on January 7, 2008.
InterMetro Communications, Inc. | ||||
By: | /s/ Charles Rice | |||
Charles Rice, Chief Executive Officer, and | ||||
Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Charles Rice, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent or the substitute or substitutes of him, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/S/ CHARLES RICE | Chief Executive Officer and Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Charles Rice | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/S/ JON DE ONG | Chief Technology Officer and Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Jon deOng | ||||
/S/ VINCENT ARENA | Chief Financial Officer and Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Vincent Arena | (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
/S/ JOSHUA TOUBER | Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Joshua Touber | ||||
/S/ ROBERT GRDEN | Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Robert Grden | ||||
/S/ DOUGLAS BENSON | Director | January 7, 2008 | ||
Douglas Benson |
II-5